WO2017075789A1 - Device, method, and system for transmitting reference signal - Google Patents
Device, method, and system for transmitting reference signal Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2017075789A1 WO2017075789A1 PCT/CN2015/093924 CN2015093924W WO2017075789A1 WO 2017075789 A1 WO2017075789 A1 WO 2017075789A1 CN 2015093924 W CN2015093924 W CN 2015093924W WO 2017075789 A1 WO2017075789 A1 WO 2017075789A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- reference signal
- symbol
- type
- signal
- subframe
- Prior art date
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 156
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 116
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 65
- 238000013507 mapping Methods 0.000 claims description 113
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 claims description 71
- 230000001360 synchronised effect Effects 0.000 claims description 46
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000013256 coordination polymer Substances 0.000 claims 8
- 241000208340 Araliaceae Species 0.000 claims 1
- 235000005035 Panax pseudoginseng ssp. pseudoginseng Nutrition 0.000 claims 1
- 235000003140 Panax quinquefolius Nutrition 0.000 claims 1
- 235000008434 ginseng Nutrition 0.000 claims 1
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 claims 1
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 claims 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 abstract description 7
- 238000012937 correction Methods 0.000 abstract 1
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 43
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 42
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 9
- 108010076504 Protein Sorting Signals Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000006855 networking Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000008054 signal transmission Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 4
- 101150071746 Pbsn gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005562 fading Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010295 mobile communication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010363 phase shift Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004088 simulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003595 spectral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L27/00—Modulated-carrier systems
- H04L27/26—Systems using multi-frequency codes
Definitions
- the present application relates to the field of wireless communications technologies, and in particular, to a transmission device, method, and system for a reference signal.
- a reference signal is transmitted from a transmitting device of a reference signal to a receiving device of a reference signal, and can be used for channel estimation, signal demodulation, automatic gain control (AGC), and signal quality measurement.
- the positioning device, the channel detecting, the positioning, and the like, the receiving device of the reference signal knows in advance the reference signal to be received, so as to achieve the purpose of signal processing such as channel estimation of the receiving device.
- the premise of normal communication between devices is that these devices are in a synchronized state. However, various reasons may cause accurate synchronization between devices.
- the two vehicles may communicate with each other, if the two vehicles are synchronized to two base stations, and no synchronization is achieved between the two base stations, there may be a frequency deviation between the two vehicles for communication.
- the communication frequency between the two is 6 GHz, and the frequency deviation between the two vehicles may be as high as 3 to 7 kHz, resulting in failure to communicate properly between them.
- the present application provides a transmission device, method and system for reference signals for ensuring normal communication between communication devices when there is a frequency deviation between communication devices.
- the application provides a reference signal sending device, including:
- a processing module configured to generate a reference signal, where the reference signal is a first type of reference signal
- a sending module configured to send the reference signal generated by the processing module
- the first type of reference signal occupies at least five symbols, and two symbols are present in the at least five symbols.
- the inter-symbol spacing of the two symbols present is no more than two symbols.
- the present application provides a receiving device for a reference signal, including:
- a receiving module configured to receive a reference signal
- a processing module configured to perform signal processing on the reference signal received by the receiving module
- the first type of reference signal occupies at least five symbols, and two symbols in the at least five symbols are present.
- the inter-symbol spacing of the two symbols is no more than two symbols.
- the application provides a method for sending a reference signal, including:
- the first type of reference signal occupies at least five symbols, and two symbols in the at least five symbols are present.
- the inter-symbol spacing of the two symbols is no more than two symbols.
- the application provides a method for receiving a reference signal, including:
- the reference signal being a first type of reference signal
- the first type of reference signal occupies at least five symbols, and two symbols in the at least five symbols are present.
- the inter-symbol spacing of the two symbols is no more than two symbols.
- the application provides a wireless communication system, including:
- a sending device configured to generate a reference signal, and send the generated reference signal
- a receiving device configured to receive the reference signal sent by the sending device, and perform signal processing on the received reference signal
- the reference signal is a first type of reference signal
- the first type of reference signal occupies at least five symbols, and two symbols in the at least five symbols are present.
- the inter-symbol spacing of the two symbols is no more than two symbols.
- the reference signals transmitted between the communication devices satisfy the following conditions:
- the reference signal occupies at least five symbols in each occupied subframe, and there are two symbols in the at least five symbols, and the intersymbol spacing between the two symbols is not more than two symbols.
- the reference signal occupies at least five symbols in each occupied subframe, which can ensure that the receiving device of the reference signal can obtain sufficient reference signal resources for frequency offset estimation, and can also ensure high-speed movement and fast channel change in the communication device. In the case where more reference signals can be acquired per unit time, the result of channel estimation based on the reference signal is more accurate.
- the interval between the symbols of the two symbols is not more than two symbols, in order to ensure that a large frequency deviation value can be correctly estimated.
- the above design of the reference signal can ensure that the frequency deviation value between the devices communicating with each other is large, and the receiving device estimates the frequency deviation through the reference signal of the above design and corrects accordingly, thereby ensuring the between devices. Normal communication.
- the transmitting device of the reference signal is synchronized with the synchronization source according to the sending device of the reference signal before generating the reference signal
- the type and/or the moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal determines that the reference signal is the first type of reference signal.
- the type of the reference signal may be determined according to the type of the synchronization source of the transmitting device and/or the moving speed of the transmitting device, and the type of the reference signal may be flexibly set.
- the transmitting device of the reference signal determines The reference signal is the first type of reference signal.
- the reference signal may be determined to be the first type reference signal, because the first type reference The signal has a large time domain density in the time domain, and the receiving device can estimate the frequency deviation value according to the first type of reference signal, so that the first type of reference signal can improve the receiving performance of the receiving device.
- the first type of reference signal occupies at least two symbols in each time slot of the subframe.
- the receiving device can correctly estimate the large frequency deviation value.
- the reference signal occupies a plurality of discontinuous subcarriers.
- the reference signal occupies a plurality of discontinuous subcarriers, which saves physical resources occupied by the reference signal and improves data transmission efficiency in the frequency domain.
- the first type of reference signal occupies at least three subcarriers.
- the reference signal occupies at least 3 subcarriers in one resource unit, and the selection of the value takes into account both the reference signal density requirement in the time domain and the performance requirement of the channel estimation.
- a sixth possible implementation in a time domain, in each subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal The number of symbols occupied by the first reference signal is less than the number of symbols in the subframe that can be used to transmit data.
- a seventh possible implementation in a time domain, in each subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal In each time slot, the reference signal occupies adjacent symbols.
- the greater the interval between two symbols containing the reference signal, the reception of the reference signal The smaller the frequency deviation value that the device can accurately estimate, therefore, in each time slot in each subframe occupied by the reference signal, the reference signal occupies a plurality of adjacent symbols, and the receiving device can ensure the time slot of each time slot. Estimated performance of frequency deviation values.
- the first type of reference signal is used in each time slot in each subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal
- Each of the two sets of symbols is occupied, and each set of symbols includes a plurality of adjacent symbols.
- the symbols occupied by the first type of reference signal in one slot of the occupied subframe include:
- the symbols occupied by the first type of reference signal in one slot of the occupied subframe include:
- the subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal includes: a synchronization subframe and/or a non-synchronization subframe; the synchronization subframe includes a synchronization signal, and the synchronization subframe does not include a synchronization signal.
- the transmitting device of the reference signal and the receiving device of the reference signal are both terminal devices; or
- the sending device of the reference signal is a terminal device, and the receiving device of the reference signal is a network device;
- the transmitting device of the reference signal is a network device, and the receiving device of the reference signal is a terminal device; or
- the transmitting device of the reference signal and the receiving device of the reference signal are both network devices;
- the network device includes a base station, where the terminal device includes a user equipment UE or a roadside unit RSU.
- the last symbol is an empty symbol GAP.
- the first type of reference signal is a reference signal transmitted by the same antenna port.
- the application provides a sending device for power indication information, including:
- a processing module configured to acquire a first transmit power value of the first signal
- a sending module configured to send first power indication information to the receiving device of the first signal when the first transmit power value acquired by the processing module is greater than a transmit power threshold, where the first power indication information is used Instructions:
- the first transmit power value is greater than the transmit power threshold
- the first signal is used to carry data in a symbol that does not include a reference signal
- the second signal is the reference signal in a symbol including the reference signal in a subframe in which the first signal is located;
- the first signal is for carrying data in a symbol including the reference signal
- the second signal is the reference signal in the symbol.
- the application provides a receiving device for power indication information, including:
- a receiving module configured to receive first power indication information that is sent by the sending device of the first signal, where the first power indication information is used to indicate that: the first transmit power value of the first signal is greater than the transmit power threshold; or a power deviation value between the first transmit power value and a second transmit power value of the second signal; or a power offset between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value; or the a transmit power value;
- a processing module configured to determine, according to the first power indication information, that there is a power deviation between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value of the second signal;
- the first signal is used to carry data in a symbol that does not include a reference signal
- the second signal is the reference signal in a symbol that includes the reference signal in a subframe in which the first signal is located;
- the first signal is for carrying data in a symbol including the reference signal
- the second signal is the reference signal in the symbol.
- the application provides a method for sending power indication information, including:
- the first transmit power value is greater than the transmit power threshold
- the first signal is used to carry data in a symbol that does not include a reference signal
- the second signal is the reference signal in a symbol including the reference signal in a subframe in which the first signal is located;
- the first signal is for carrying data in a symbol including the reference signal
- the second signal is the reference signal in the symbol.
- the application provides a method for receiving power indication information, including:
- a first power indication information that is sent by the sending device that receives the first signal, where the first power indication information is used to indicate that: the first transmit power value of the first signal is greater than the transmit power threshold; or the first transmit a power deviation value between the power value and a second transmission power value of the second signal; or a power deviation between the first transmission power value and the second transmission power value; or the first transmission power value;
- the first signal is used to carry data in a symbol that does not include a reference signal
- the second signal is the reference signal in a symbol that includes the reference signal in a subframe in which the first signal is located;
- the first signal is for carrying data in a symbol including the reference signal
- the second signal is the reference signal in the symbol.
- the application provides a wireless communication system, including:
- the sending device is configured to: when the first transmit power value of the first signal is greater than the transmit power threshold, send the first power indication information to the receiving device, where the first power indication information is used to indicate that the first transmit power value is greater than a transmit power threshold; or a power offset value between the first transmit power value and a second transmit power value of the second signal; or the first transmit power value and the second transmit There is a power deviation between the power values; or the first transmit power value;
- the receiving device is configured to receive the first power indication information sent by the sending device, and determine, according to the first power indication information, the first transmit power value and a second transmit power value of the second signal There is a power deviation between the power deviation, and determining the power deviation value, and demodulating the data in the first signal or the data in the subframe in which the first signal is located according to the determined power deviation value;
- the first signal is used to carry data in a symbol that does not include a reference signal
- the second signal is the reference signal in a symbol that includes the reference signal in a subframe in which the first signal is located;
- the first signal is for carrying data in a symbol including the reference signal
- the second signal is the reference signal in the symbol.
- the transmitting device will transmit data to be transmitted.
- the transmitting power value is too high, the receiving device is notified.
- the receiving device knows the situation, the corresponding processing is performed when demodulating the data to ensure the performance of the data demodulation.
- the sending device of the first signal when the first transmit power value is not greater than the transmit power threshold, The receiving device of the signal sends the second power indication information, where the second power indication information is used to indicate:
- the first transmit power value is not greater than the transmit power threshold
- the first transmit power value The first transmit power value.
- the transmitting device or the receiving device of the first signal determines the power deviation value according to at least one of the following information:
- the application provides a transmission power adjustment apparatus, including:
- a power value obtaining module configured to acquire a first transmit power value of the first signal
- the first signal is used to carry data in a symbol that does not include a reference signal
- the second signal is the reference signal in a symbol including the reference signal in a subframe in which the first signal is located; or the a signal for carrying data in a symbol including the reference signal, the second signal being the reference signal in the symbol;
- a power adjustment module configured to: when the first transmit power value acquired by the power value acquisition module is greater than a transmit power threshold, perform power adjustment: reduce a transmit power of the first signal by a power adjustment amount, and The transmit power of the second signal decreases the power adjustment amount or keeps the transmit power of the second signal unchanged.
- the present application provides a method for adjusting a transmit power, including:
- the first signal is used to carry data in a symbol that does not include a reference signal
- the second signal is the reference signal in a symbol including the reference signal in a subframe in which the first signal is located;
- the first signal is used to carry data in a symbol including the reference signal, and the second signal is the reference signal in the symbol;
- the obtained first transmit power value is greater than the transmit power threshold, performing power adjustment: reducing a transmit power of the first signal by a power adjustment amount, and reducing a transmit power of the second signal by the The power adjustment amount or the transmission power of the second signal is kept constant.
- the transmitting device acquires the transmit power value of the data to be transmitted, and if the acquired power value is too high, Perform transmit power adjustment to avoid transmitter transmit power saturation, from The data demodulation performance of the receiving device is guaranteed.
- the transmitting device determines the power adjustment amount according to at least one of the following information before performing power adjustment:
- mapping manner of the reference signal to the physical resource a modulation mode of the data in the subframe where the reference signal is located, a multi-carrier mode of the data in the subframe where the reference signal is located, a system bandwidth, and a subframe where the reference signal is located The bandwidth occupied by the data.
- the application provides a reference signal sending device, including:
- a processing module configured to determine, according to a type of the synchronization source to which the sending device is synchronized and/or a moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal, the reference signal is the first type reference signal or the second type reference signal And generating the reference signal;
- a sending module configured to send the reference signal generated by the processing module
- the first type of reference signal occupies more symbols in one subframe than the second type of reference signal occupies in one subframe.
- the present application provides a receiving device for a reference signal
- a processing module configured to determine a type of the reference signal sent by a sending device of the reference signal, where the type of the reference signal includes: a first type of reference signal or a second type of reference signal;
- a receiving module configured to receive the reference signal according to the determined type of the reference signal
- the processing module is further configured to: perform signal processing on the reference signal received by the receiving module;
- the first type of reference signal occupies more symbols in one subframe than the second type of reference signal occupies in one subframe.
- the application provides a method for transmitting a reference signal, including:
- the reference signal is a first type of reference signal or a second type of reference signal
- the first type of reference signal occupies more symbols in one subframe than the second type of reference signal occupies in one subframe.
- the present application provides a method for receiving a reference signal
- the type of the reference signal comprising: a first type of reference signal or a second type of reference signal;
- the first type of reference signal occupies more symbols in one subframe than the second type of reference signal occupies in one subframe.
- the application provides a wireless communication system, including:
- a sending device configured to determine, according to a type of the synchronization source to which the sending device is synchronized, and/or a moving speed of the sending device, a reference signal to be sent as a first type reference signal or a second type reference signal, to generate the Reference a signal and transmitting the generated reference signal;
- a receiving device configured to determine a type of the reference signal, and receive the reference signal according to the determined type of the reference signal, and perform signal processing on the received reference signal;
- the first type of reference signal occupies more symbols in one subframe than the second type of reference signal occupies in one subframe.
- the type of the reference signal may be determined according to the type of the synchronization source of the transmitting device and/or the moving speed of the transmitting device, and the type of the reference signal may be flexibly set.
- the processing module is specifically configured to:
- the type of the synchronization source to which the transmitting device of the reference signal is synchronized is a synchronization source whose synchronization precision is lower than the precision threshold, or the moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal is higher than the moving speed threshold, determining that the reference signal is The first type of reference signal;
- the type of the synchronization source to which the transmitting device of the reference signal is synchronized is a synchronization source whose synchronization accuracy is not lower than the precision threshold, and the moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal is not higher than the moving speed threshold, then Determining the reference signal as the second type of reference signal.
- the reference signal may be determined to be the first type of reference signal, because the first type of reference signal has a time domain.
- the time domain density is large, and the receiving device can estimate the frequency deviation value according to the first type of reference signal, so that the first type of reference signal can improve the receiving performance of the receiving device.
- DMRS DeModulation Reference Signal
- 3A is a schematic diagram of an architecture of a wireless communication system to which the present application is applied;
- 3B is a schematic diagram of another architecture of a wireless communication system to which the present application is applied;
- 3C is a schematic diagram of an architecture of a vehicle networking system to which the present application is applied;
- FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a vehicle networking system including a synchronization source
- FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless communication system according to Embodiment 1 of the present application.
- FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of an optional process for a transmitting device to generate and transmit a reference signal according to Embodiment 1 of the present application;
- FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of an optional process for a receiving device to receive and process a reference signal according to Embodiment 1 of the present application;
- FIG. 8A to FIG. 8P are schematic diagrams showing an optional mapping manner of a reference signal according to Embodiment 2 of the present application.
- FIGS. 9A-9D are schematic diagrams of a reference signal alternative mapping manner provided by Embodiment 3 of the present application.
- FIG. 10 is a flowchart of an interaction process between a sending device and a receiving device according to Embodiment 4 of the present application;
- FIG. 11 is a flowchart of a processing procedure of a sending device according to Embodiment 5 of the present application.
- FIG. 12 is a flowchart of an interaction process between a sending device and a receiving device according to Embodiment 6 of the present application;
- FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a first reference signal sending apparatus according to Embodiment 7 of the present application.
- FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a second reference signal sending apparatus according to Embodiment 8 of the present application.
- FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a first reference signal receiving apparatus according to Embodiment 9 of the present application.
- FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a first reference signal receiving apparatus according to Embodiment 10 of the present application.
- FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a first device for transmitting power indication information according to Embodiment 11 of the present application.
- FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a second device for transmitting power indication information according to Embodiment 12 of the present application.
- FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a first receiving apparatus for power indication information according to Embodiment 13 of the present application.
- FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of a second receiving apparatus for power indication information according to Embodiment 14 of the present application.
- FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a first transmit power adjustment apparatus according to Embodiment 15 of the present application.
- FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of a second transmission power adjustment apparatus according to Embodiment 16 of the present application.
- FIG. 23 is a schematic structural diagram of a third reference signal transmitting apparatus according to Embodiment 17 of the present application.
- FIG. 24 is a schematic structural diagram of a third reference signal receiving apparatus according to Embodiment 18 of the present application.
- FIG. 26 is a flowchart of a first reference signal receiving method according to Embodiment 20 of the present application.
- FIG. 27 is a flowchart of a method for transmitting power indication information according to Embodiment 21 of the present application.
- FIG. 30 is a flowchart of a second method for transmitting a reference signal according to Embodiment 24 of the present application.
- FIG. 31 is a flowchart of a method for adjusting transmit power provided by Embodiment 25 of the present application.
- FIG. 33 is a flowchart of a second method for receiving a reference signal according to Embodiment 27 of the present application.
- the reference signals transmitted between the communication devices satisfy the following conditions:
- the reference signal occupies at least five symbols in each occupied subframe, and there are two symbols in the at least five symbols, and the intersymbol spacing between the two symbols is not more than two symbols.
- the reference signal occupies at least five symbols in each occupied subframe, which can ensure that the receiving device of the reference signal can obtain sufficient reference signal resources for frequency offset estimation, and can also ensure high-speed movement and fast channel change in the communication device. In the case where more reference signals can be acquired per unit time, the result of channel estimation based on the reference signal is more accurate.
- the interval between the symbols of the two symbols is not more than two symbols, in order to ensure that a large frequency deviation value can be correctly estimated.
- the above design of the reference signal can ensure that the frequency deviation value between the devices communicating with each other is large, and the receiving device estimates the frequency deviation through the reference signal of the above design and corrects accordingly, thereby ensuring the between devices. Normal communication.
- the Peak to Average Power Ratio (PAPR) of the reference signal is generally higher than the PAPR of the data
- PAPR Peak to Average Power Ratio
- the maximum saturated power is assumed to be 23 dBm.
- the transmit power of the reference signal and data is 23dBm.
- the PAPR of the reference signal is 3dB higher than the data
- Amplitude modulation the receiving device cannot correctly reflect the channel characteristics due to the received reference signal of the truncated peak, and the channel estimation result of the receiving device is inaccurate, resulting in data demodulation error.
- PAPR Peak to Average Power Ratio
- the transmitting device obtains the transmit power value of the data to be sent. If the obtained power value is too high, the receiving device is notified that the power value is too high. When the receiving device knows the situation, the corresponding data is demodulated. Processing to ensure data demodulation performance.
- Solution 2 The transmitting device obtains the transmit power value of the data to be sent. If the obtained power value is too high, the transmit power is adjusted to avoid the transmitter transmit power saturation, thereby ensuring the data demodulation performance of the receiving device.
- a transmission scheme of a reference signal is provided, and the type of the reference signal can be flexibly determined according to the synchronization source type to which the transmitting device is synchronized and/or the moving speed of the transmitting device.
- LTE Long Term Evolution
- any reference signal can be used for reference. Signal transmission scheme to solve the above mentioned problems and achieve the above mentioned effects.
- the downlink transmission that is, the access network device such as the base station transmits to the UE
- the uplink transmission that is, the UE direction
- the access network device transmission is based on Single Carrier–Frequency Division Multiplexing Access (Single Carrier–Frequency Division Multiplexing Access, SC-FDMA) Multiple Access Mode.
- the time-frequency resources are divided into OFDM symbols in the time domain dimension and subcarriers in the frequency domain dimension; for uplink transmission, the time-frequency resources are divided into SC-FDM symbols in the frequency domain dimension.
- the symbol may be an OFDM symbol or an SC-FDM symbol, or a symbol in other multiple access modes, which is not limited in this application.
- the smallest resource granularity is called a Resource Element (RE), that is, a time-frequency symbol representing a time domain symbol in the time domain and a sub-carrier on the frequency domain.
- RE Resource Element
- the basic time unit of the access network device scheduling is one subframe, and one subframe includes multiple time domain symbols. Alternatively, for some scenarios where the transmission delay is required to be reduced, the basic time unit of the access network device scheduling may be one or more time domain symbols.
- the duration of the occupation of a subframe is a predefined length, which is the basic unit of occupying resources in the time domain in one transmission.
- the LTE system is used as an example.
- the duration of one subframe is 1 ms.
- the duration of the subframe is not limited to the duration specified by the current LTE protocol. It may be other duration values, such as 0.5 ms, 0.2 ms. , 0.1ms.
- a subframe refers to a basic unit occupying resources in the time domain in one transmission, and its length in the time domain is predefined.
- one subframe is divided into two slots, and one slot includes several symbols.
- a subframe may be divided into a synchronization subframe and a non-synchronization subframe, where the synchronization subframe includes a synchronization signal, and the synchronization subframe does not include the synchronization signal.
- signals can be transmitted through one or more antenna ports.
- the antenna port is a logical port used for transmitting communication between the device and the receiving device.
- the receiving device can consider that the signal is transmitted from the same physical antenna when receiving the signal.
- one antenna port corresponds to a certain physical antenna.
- one antenna port can also correspond to multiple different physical antennas having the same transmission characteristics.
- the antenna antennas have the same antenna pattern, for example. : The physical distance between these physical antennas is very close.
- the communication links of these different physical antennas of the transmitting device to the receiving device can be considered as the communication link of the same physical antenna to the receiving device on the receiving device side.
- the LTE system supports two types of duplex modes: Frequency Division Multiplexing (FDD) and Time Duplexing Division (TDD).
- FDD Frequency Division Multiplexing
- TDD Time Duplexing Division
- the LTE system adopting the FDD duplex mode referred to as the FDD LTE system
- the downlink transmission and the uplink transmission use different carriers.
- the uplink transmission and the downlink transmission use different times of the same carrier, and specifically include a downlink subframe, an uplink subframe, and a special subframe on one carrier.
- the special subframe includes three parts: a Downlink Pilot Time Slot (DwPTS), a Guard Period (GP), and an Uplink Pilot Time Slot (UpPTS). Compensation for device conversion time and propagation delay for downstream to upstream.
- DwPTS Downlink Pilot Time Slot
- GP Guard Period
- UpPTS Uplink Pilot Time Slot
- downlink data can be transmitted in the DwPTS, but the PUSCH cannot be transmitted in the UpPTS. Therefore, from this perspective, the special subframe can be regarded as a downlink subframe.
- the relevant symbols refer to the respective time domain symbols in a specific carrier modulation mode.
- the symbols may be Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbols or a single symbol.
- the carrier frequency division multiplexing (SC-FDMA symbol, or other symbols in the multiple access mode) is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention. If it is a frequency division multi-carrier modulation mode, each symbol is used. A plurality of subcarriers are included; if it is a code division multicarrier modulation scheme, a channel of a plurality of code divisions may be included in each symbol.
- the uplink and downlink time-frequency resources are grouped into PRBs, and are scheduled and allocated as physical resource units.
- one PRB contains 12 consecutive subcarriers in the frequency domain.
- the subcarrier spacing is 15 kHz, that is, the interval between the center frequency points of two adjacent subcarriers.
- the receiving device can perform channel estimation, signal demodulation, AGC, signal quality measurement, positioning, and channel sounding, positioning, and the like according to the received reference signal.
- the wireless communication system controls the resources occupied by the reference signal, and minimizes the occupation of the reference signal under the premise of ensuring the communication quality, thereby reducing the overhead of the reference signal in the system resources, thereby improving the data transmission efficiency.
- DMRS Demodulation Reference Signal
- the receiving device demodulates the received data according to the received DMRS.
- DMRS Demodulation Reference Signal
- CP Cyclic Prefix
- Sym0 to Sym6 indicate symbols 0 to 6 in a slot
- shaded Sym4 indicates a symbol used as a DMRS.
- the reference signals specified by the current protocol cannot meet the requirements of normal communication between the transmitting device and the receiving device in some wireless communication scenarios.
- the relative movement speed between the transmitting device and the receiving device is large, and the channel has fast fading, and in FIG. 1, only one DMRS symbol exists in each 0.5 ms slot, then The receiving device cannot acquire more reference signals per unit time for accurate channel estimation. Since the density of the DMRS symbol in the time domain is not large enough, the channel estimation result of the receiving device in the high speed mobile scene is inaccurate.
- the reference signal specified by the current protocol is redesigned, for example, to increase the time domain density, refer to the reference signals shown in FIG. 8A to FIG. 8P and FIG. 9A to FIG. 9D to satisfy the high-speed moving scene.
- reference signals may be referred to as “enhanced reference signals” or “first type reference signals”; and the reference signals specified by the current protocol are referred to as “ordinary reference signals” or “second type reference signals” ". These reference signals occupy more symbols in one subframe than the reference signal specified by the current protocol.
- these reference signals may occupy continuous or non-contiguous subcarriers, if With non-contiguous subcarriers, other subcarriers that are not occupied by the reference signal can be used to transmit data, thereby ensuring data transmission efficiency.
- the receiving device when there is a large frequency deviation between communication devices, the receiving device needs to accurately estimate the frequency deviation value for correct reception. Using a reference signal such as that shown in FIG. 1, the receiving device cannot accurately estimate a large frequency deviation. value.
- the first type of reference signal may further satisfy that: in one subframe, the reference signal occupies at least four symbols, and at least two symbols of the four symbols, the inter-symbol spacing of the two symbols is not More than two symbols, so as to meet the requirements of the receiving device to accurately estimate the large frequency deviation value.
- the reference signal may be various reference signals such as DMRS.
- the CP length has three values.
- the CP type is divided into a normal CP and an extended CP.
- the first symbol of each time slot is 160, and the corresponding occupied time is about 5.2 microseconds, in a 1 ms subframe.
- the other symbols occupy 144 samples, and the corresponding occupation time is about 4.7 microseconds.
- a normal CP there are currently 14 symbols in one subframe in the LTE system.
- an extended CP the CP length of each symbol is the same as 512 samples, and the corresponding occupied duration is about 16.7 microseconds.
- the receiving device can estimate the maximum frequency deviation value as ⁇ f;
- the frequency deviation value that the receiving device can estimate based on the reference signals in the two symbols is a maximum ⁇ f/2;
- the frequency deviation value that the receiving device can estimate based on the reference signals in the two symbols is Maximum ⁇ f/3.
- ⁇ f 15 kHz value. If the frequency deviation value is 7k, the frequency deviation value cannot be estimated by the interval between the two symbols including the reference signal of three or more. When the interval between two symbols including the reference signal is 3 symbols, only the frequency deviation of 5 kHz can be estimated, and the larger the interval, the smaller the frequency deviation value that can be estimated.
- the PAPR of the reference signal is higher than the data. Therefore, if the transmit power of the transmitter enters the saturation region on the transmitting device side, the higher PAPR value generated by the reference signal will affect the power amplifier efficiency of the RF device, thus causing the reference signal. The actual effective transmit power is reduced, and the data transmit power after the RF device is higher than the actual effective transmit power of the reference signal.
- the saturation values of signal A and signal B are the same, such as Pmax.
- the transmission powers of signal A and signal B are both Pmax, since the PAPR of signal B is higher, this higher PAPR value corresponds to P_down.
- the power reduction of dB The meaning is: if the signal A and the signal B have the same transmission power and reach the saturation value, then the first and the signal B have the transmission power values of Pmax. However, the actual effective transmit power value of the first transmitted signal is Pmax, and the effective transmit power value of the signal B is Pmax-P_down due to the influence of the PAPR.
- the receiving device does not know whether the transmitting power of the transmitting device has entered the saturated region, and when it enters the saturated region, when it enters the saturated region.
- the transmitted data adopts amplitude modulation, such as 16 Quadrature Amplitude Modulation (QAM), 64QAM, 128QAM, 256QAM, etc.
- the receiving device will make an error when performing data demodulation because the constellation is finally estimated.
- the point is multiplied by an unknown amplitude value that will "stretch” or "compress” the constellation.
- 16QAM as an example, if the signal is compressed, the receiving device may not be able to identify the positions of the 16 possible constellation points corresponding to different amplitude values after being compressed, thereby generating a demodulation error.
- the transmit power of the transmitter of the transmitting device enters the saturation region, the transmit power is ⁇ dB smaller than the data transmit power due to the larger PAPR of the reference signal.
- the reference signal received by the receiver of the receiving device can be expressed as:
- the channel characteristics of the channel for transmitting the reference signal are the same as the channel for transmitting the data, and correspondingly, the data received by the receiving device is:
- the estimated value of the data can be obtained by the equalization of the receiver of the receiving device:
- the receiving device if the value of a is not known, when the data adopts a modulation method with amplitude, such as ASK, QAM modulation, etc., the receiving device may undergo demodulation and decoding errors.
- a modulation method with amplitude such as ASK, QAM modulation, etc.
- the application can be applied to the architecture of the wireless communication system of the terminal device-access network device shown in FIG. 3A, wherein the reference signal can be sent by the terminal device and received by the access network device; or can be sent by the access network device and received by the terminal.
- the present application is also applicable to the architecture of the wireless communication system of the terminal device-terminal device shown in FIG. 3B, such as a device-to-device (D2D) system, in which one terminal device transmits a reference signal, and the like.
- the terminal device receives the reference signal, performs channel estimation and the like according to the received reference signal.
- D2D device-to-device
- the application can also be used in the vehicle networking system shown in FIG. 3C, wherein the reference signal transmission manner between the terminal devices is similar to the transmission mode in the D2D system described above, and details are not described herein again.
- the reference signal may also be transmitted between a Road Side Unit (RSU) and a terminal device, for example, the RSU sends a reference signal, the terminal device receives the reference signal, or the terminal device sends a reference signal, and the RSU receives the reference signal;
- the reference signal may also be transmitted between the RSU and the base station, for example, the RSU transmits the reference signal, the base station receives the reference signal, or the base station transmits the reference signal, and the RSU receives the reference signal.
- both the RSU and the base station can be regarded as access network devices, and in addition, the RSU can also be regarded as a terminal device.
- the terminal device may be an in-vehicle device.
- the RSU can communicate with an in-vehicle device and/or a base station that can communicate with the in-vehicle device and/or the RSU.
- the in-vehicle device moves with the vehicle at a high speed, and has a relatively large moving speed when the two in-vehicle devices move relative to each other.
- the communication between the above-mentioned in-vehicle device, RSU and base station can use the spectrum of the cellular link, or the intelligent traffic spectrum near 5.9 GHz can also be used.
- FIG. 4 illustrates a vehicle networking system including a synchronization source. As shown in FIG. 4, the vehicle networking system includes:
- terminal device 1, terminal device 2, terminal device 3, and terminal device 4 a plurality of in-vehicle devices (terminal device 1, terminal device 2, terminal device 3, and terminal device 4), which can communicate with each other, or can be communication between vehicles;
- base station 1 and base station 2 Multiple base stations (base station 1 and base station 2);
- a plurality of satellite synchronization sources such as a Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS), including a satellite synchronization source 1 and a satellite synchronization source 2, and the plurality of satellite synchronization sources may be satellites of different countries and different standards.
- GNSS Global Navigation Satellite System
- the terminal device 1, the terminal device 2, the terminal device 3, and the terminal device 4 can be synchronized to different types of synchronization sources, including: base station, GNSS, and GNSS equivalent synchronization. source. If different terminal devices are synchronized to different synchronization sources, such as different base stations, and these base stations are synchronized to different synchronization sources, there may be a large frequency offset value between the terminal devices. For example, when the terminal device 1 synchronizes to the base station 1 and the terminal device 2 synchronizes to the base station 2, and the base station 1 and the base station 2 do not perform synchronization, the frequency deviation value when the terminal device 1 and the terminal device 2 directly communicate with each other may be the largest. Up to 7 kHz.
- the terminal device in the present application may be a wireless terminal, which may be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to the user, a handheld device with wireless connectivity, or other processing device that is connected to the wireless modem.
- the wireless terminal can communicate with one or more core networks via a radio access network (eg, RAN, Radio Access Network), which can be a mobile terminal, such as a mobile phone (or "cellular" phone) and with a mobile terminal
- RAN Radio Access Network
- the computers for example, can be portable, pocket-sized, handheld, computer-integrated or in-vehicle mobile devices that exchange language and/or data with the wireless access network.
- a wireless terminal may also be called a system, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, an access point, or an access point.
- Remote Terminal Access Terminal, User Terminal, User Agent, User Device, or User Equipment.
- the access network device provided by the present application may include a base station, or a radio resource management device for controlling the base station, or a base station and a radio resource management device for controlling the base station; the access network device may be a macro station or a small station, It can be the aforementioned RSU.
- the communication systems of various wireless communication systems include, but are not limited to, Global System of Mobile communication (GSM), Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) IS-95, and code division.
- GSM Global System of Mobile communication
- CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
- TD-SCDMA Time Division-
- any reference signal transmission scheme provided by the present application can be adopted for any wireless communication system that transmits a reference signal to enable the receiving device to correctly receive data.
- system and “network” are used interchangeably herein.
- the term “and/or” in this context is merely an association that describes an associated object, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example For example, A and/or B may indicate that A exists separately, and A and B exist simultaneously, and B cases exist alone.
- the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the contextual object is an "or" relationship.
- the wireless communication system provided in Embodiment 1 includes: a transmitting device 501 for reference signals and a receiving device 502 for reference signals.
- the transmitting device 501 of the reference signal is hereinafter referred to as "sending device 501".
- the receiving device 502 of the reference signal is referred to as a “receiving device 502.”
- the sending device 501 is configured to determine a reference signal, and send the determined reference signal.
- the receiving device 502 is configured to receive the reference signal and process the received reference signal, for example, performing channel estimation, signal demodulation, AGC, radio measurement, and channel detection according to the received reference signal.
- FIG. 6 shows an optional process by which the transmitting device 501 generates and transmits a reference signal.
- the process may include the following steps:
- the sending device 501 generates a reference signal sequence.
- the sending device 501 generates data symbols to be sent, where the data symbols are to be sent. a constellation symbol generated after the encoded data packet to be transmitted is modulated;
- the sending device 501 determines to map the reference signal sequence to the physical resource
- the sending device 501 maps the reference signal and the generated data to be sent according to the reference signal sequence to the parameter of the physical resource, and then performs multi-carrier modulation to increase the guard interval and the like to form a data subframe to be transmitted.
- the transmitting device 501 sends the formed data subframe.
- FIG. 7 illustrates an optional process by which receiving device 502 receives a reference signal.
- the process may include the following steps:
- the receiving device 502 generates a local reference signal sequence.
- the receiving device 502 determines a mapping mode parameter used when mapping the reference signal sequence to the physical resource
- the receiving device 502 performs signal processing on the received reference signal according to the local reference signal sequence generated by the determined mapping manner.
- process signals including: performing channel estimation on the received reference signal to obtain channel quality information in the bandwidth of the reference signal, and/or performing data detection on the received reference signal and the data to be received. To get the data to be received.
- the reference signal may be any of the aforementioned reference signals for channel estimation, signal demodulation, automatic gain control (AGC), signal quality measurement, positioning, and channel sounding, positioning, and the like.
- AGC automatic gain control
- DMRS reference signals for AGC, etc.
- a reference signal sequence is used to generate a reference signal in one subframe, one symbol in the sequence corresponding to one of the symbols occupied by the reference signal in one subframe.
- the reference signal transmission scheme and the reference signal reception scheme in the first embodiment can be applied to the following embodiments.
- the reference signal transmission and reception scheme provided by the present application is described above through the first embodiment.
- various alternative implementations in which the reference signal is mapped to the subframe are introduced.
- the second embodiment provides an optional mapping manner in which the reference signal is mapped to the non-synchronized subframe.
- the third embodiment provides the reference signal mapping.
- various alternative mapping modes can be referred to FIG. 9A to FIG. 9D.
- the sending device 501 can map the reference signal into the non-synchronized subframe according to one of the mapping modes provided in the second embodiment or the third embodiment, and the receiving device 502 can receive the same mapping manner as the sending device 501.
- the reference signal is obtained in the asynchronous sub-frame.
- the reference signal may be the foregoing first type of reference signal, and is applicable to a scene with a high-speed moving scene and/or a large frequency offset value.
- the reference signal occupies at least four symbols, and two symbols are present in at least four symbols, and the interval between symbols of the two existing symbols is not more than two symbols.
- the reference signal occupies at least four symbols in each occupied subframe, which can ensure that the receiving device of the reference signal can obtain sufficient reference signal resources for frequency offset estimation, and can also ensure high-speed movement of the communication device and fast channel fading. In severe cases, more reference signals can be obtained at unit time, so that the channel estimation result based on the reference signal is more accurate.
- the interval between the symbols of the two symbols is not more than two symbols, in order to ensure that a large frequency deviation value can be correctly estimated.
- the reference signal occupies 4 symbols in one subframe. If the receiving device receives by linear receiver, it cannot completely overcome the influence of high-speed movement and large frequency deviation. At this time, the receiving device needs to use a high-performance high-performance receiver such as decision feedback or iterative equalization for processing.
- the reference signal occupies at least five symbols, and there are two symbols in at least five symbols, and the existing two symbols have no more than two symbols.
- the reference signal occupies at least two symbols because: if in one subframe, all reference signals are in one time slot, and the other If there is no reference signal in the time slot, the channel estimation result of the time slot without the reference signal is inaccurate and the data demodulation performance is degraded under the condition of high moving speed.
- the reference signal occupies at least two symbols because: if in one subframe, all reference signals are in one time slot, and not in another time slot
- the reference signal causes the channel estimation result of the time slot without the reference signal to be inaccurate and the data demodulation performance to be degraded under the condition of high moving speed. This is because if the channel characteristics do not change much within one subframe under the condition of low-speed movement, the channel characteristics of one slot in one subframe do not differ much from the channel characteristics of another slot. Under the condition of high-speed movement, the channel characteristics of two time slots of one subframe are very different, and it is required to have a reference signal in each time slot.
- the reference signal occupies a plurality of discontinuous subcarriers.
- the resource unit may be a Physical Resource Block (PRB).
- PRB Physical Resource Block
- the reference signal occupies discontinuous subcarriers, which ensures that the total overhead of all reference signals in one subframe is small. Because, in order to ensure the estimation performance of the frequency deviation value and the support for the high-speed moving scene, the density of the reference signal is increased in the time domain, so if the frequency domain is continuous, the overhead of the reference signal is high, and After the density in the time domain is sufficient to resist large frequency offsets and high moving speeds, it is not necessary to occupy consecutive subcarriers in the frequency domain.
- the reference signal occupies at least three subcarriers in each of the foregoing resource units occupied by the reference signal.
- the PRB includes 12 subcarriers, and among the 12 subcarriers, the reference signal occupies at least 3 subcarriers.
- the reference signal occupies at least 3 subcarriers in one resource unit, and the selection of the value takes into account both the reference signal density requirement in the time domain and the performance requirement of the channel estimation.
- the reference signal occupies all of the subcarriers in one symbol in each of the two slots of one subframe, occupying a total of 24 subcarriers.
- the number of symbols occupied by the first reference signal is smaller than the number of symbols in the subframe available for transmitting data.
- the reference signal occupies adjacent symbols.
- the larger the interval between the two symbols including the reference signal the smaller the frequency offset value that the receiving device of the reference signal can accurately estimate, and therefore, each of each subframe occupied by the reference signal In the slot, the reference signal occupies a plurality of adjacent symbols, and the estimation performance of the frequency offset value of each slot by the receiving device 502 can be guaranteed.
- the reference signals respectively occupy two sets of symbols, and each set of symbols includes adjacent multiple symbols.
- the last symbol is a null symbol (GAP).
- the reference signal is transmitted from the same antenna port because the receiving device can accurately estimate the large frequency offset value only when receiving the reference signal from the same antenna port because: From the receiving device side, the channel characteristics of signals from different antenna ports will be different, so the estimation of the frequency offset can only be performed for the reference signal of the same antenna port.
- the receiving device 502 can estimate the frequency deviation value as follows:
- the frequency offset value produces a phase offset associated with the symbol position on each subcarrier of each symbol.
- the difference, on a symbol, the phase deviation value is the same.
- the reference signal occupies subcarriers 1, 5, and 9 on symbol 0 (the subcarrier numbers are from bottom to top, starting from 0). No.), the reference signal also occupies subcarriers 1, 5, and 9 at symbol 1.
- the reference signals on the respective subcarriers on the symbol 0 are respectively conjugate-multiplied with the reference signals at the corresponding subcarrier positions on the symbol 1, and then the results obtained by multiplying the conjugate are filtered to obtain an estimate.
- This phase deviation value is then used to estimate the frequency deviation value based on this phase deviation value.
- the accuracy of the estimation may be affected by interference and thermal noise. Therefore, when there are more time domain reference signal symbols or subcarriers of the reference signal in the frequency domain to ensure certain data, it is ensured according to The accuracy of the frequency deviation value estimated by the reference signal.
- the CP is a normal CP.
- the reference signal occupies 8 symbols in one subframe, and in the two slots of the subframe occupied by the reference signal, The reference signal occupies 4 symbols on each time slot.
- FIG. 8A shows nine alternative mapping modes of mapping mode one.
- each row represents an alternative mapping method.
- the numbers 0 to 6 indicate symbols numbered 0 to 6 in one slot.
- the bold underlined symbol is the symbol occupied by the reference signal, and the others are data symbols, excluding the reference signal.
- the reference signal mapping manner of the first time slot and the second time slot of one subframe may be the same or different, and the reference signals of the first time slot and the second time slot may be any one of the lines shown in FIG. 8A. The way to map.
- the reference signal in each resource unit occupied by the reference signal, may occupy a plurality of discontinuous subcarriers or occupy only one subcarrier.
- the following describes several optional frequency domain mapping modes. These optional frequency domain mapping modes are applicable not only to mapping mode 1, but also to other mapping modes of the second embodiment.
- the reference signals occupy symbols 0, 1, 4, and 5 in two slots of one subframe, respectively, and occupy 8 symbols in one subframe.
- the frequency domain mapping manner is as shown in Fig. 8B, in which the number in the lowermost row indicates the number of the symbol.
- FIG. 8B shows a frequency domain mapping manner in which the subframe has a normal CP, and one resource unit PRB in the frequency domain includes 12 subcarriers.
- subcarriers of four reference signals are placed at medium intervals in each PRB, and the subcarriers occupied by the reference signals have the same position in the frequency domain on different symbols occupied by the reference signals.
- the positions of the subcarriers occupied by the reference signal in the frequency domain may be staggered as shown in FIG. 8C.
- FIG. 8D illustrates a frequency domain mapping manner in which the reference signal occupies 3 subcarriers on each PRB, and the subcarriers occupied by the reference signal have the same position in the frequency domain on different symbols occupied by the reference signal.
- FIG. 8E also shows a frequency domain mapping manner in which the reference signal occupies 3 subcarriers on each PRB, but unlike the frequency domain mapping mode 3, the positions of the subcarriers occupied by the reference signal in the frequency domain may be staggered.
- the foregoing optional frequency domain mapping mode can be applied not only to the mapping mode 1 but also to other mapping modes of the second embodiment.
- the time domain mapping mode and the frequency domain mapping mode of the reference signal do not have to be bound, and can be combined with each other. In the following, for the sake of simplicity of description, only various time domain mapping manners in which reference signals are within one subframe in different situations are given.
- mapping mode 2 there is a GAP in the subframe occupied by the reference signal, and the CP is a normal CP.
- the reference signal occupies 8 symbols in one subframe, and is in two slots of the subframe occupied by the reference signal.
- the reference signal occupies 4 symbols each time slot.
- the GAP is located in the last symbol in a subframe and does not send any information.
- the last symbol in the subframe is symbol 6, which is GAP.
- mapping mode 2 can be as shown in FIG. 8F.
- the CP is a normal CP.
- the reference signal occupies 6 symbols in one subframe, and is in the two slots of the subframe occupied by the reference signal.
- the reference signal occupies 3 symbols on each time slot.
- the reference signal mapping manner of the first time slot and the second time slot of one subframe may be the same or different, and the reference signals of the first time slot and the second time slot may be any one of the lines shown in FIG. 8G. The way to map.
- the reference signal occupies a GAP in the subframe, and the CP is a normal CP.
- the reference signal occupies 6 symbols in one subframe, and is in the two slots of the subframe occupied by the reference signal.
- the reference signal occupies 3 symbols on each time slot.
- the GAP is located in the last symbol in a subframe and does not send any information.
- the last symbol in the subframe is symbol 6, which is GAP.
- mapping mode 4 can be shown in Figure 8H.
- the CP is a normal CP.
- the reference signal occupies 4 symbols, and the reference signal can be used when 8 subframes are occupied by one subframe reference signal.
- the mapping mode in the first time slot is mapped; in the second time slot, the reference signal occupies 3 symbols, and the mapping of the reference signal in the second time slot when 6 subframes are occupied by one subframe reference signal Way to map.
- FIG. 8I When there is no GAP in the symbol occupied by the reference signal, an example of several optional mapping modes may be as shown in FIG. 8I.
- the reference signal occupies a symbol, there are GAP, several An example of an optional mapping method can be as shown in Figure 8J.
- the reference signal occupies 3 symbols, and in the second time slot, the reference signal occupies 4 symbols. There can be a variety of different combinations, and are not limited here.
- the CP is an extended CP
- the reference signal occupies 7 symbols in one subframe occupied by the reference signal.
- the reference signal occupies 4 symbols, and an example of several mapping modes is shown in FIG. 8K; in the second time slot, the reference signal occupies 3 symbols, and FIG. 8L shows several An example of a mapping method.
- the reference signal In the mapping mode, there is a GAP in the subframe occupied by the reference signal, and the CP is an extended CP. In one subframe occupied by the reference signal, the reference signal occupies 7 symbols. In the first time slot of the subframe, the reference signal may adopt any mapping manner as shown in FIG. 8K, and in the second time slot of the subframe, the reference signal may adopt any one shown in FIG. 8M. Mapping method.
- the reference signal occupies 6 symbols, wherein the first and second of the subframe In the time slots, the reference signals each occupy 3 symbols, and the reference signals in the first time slot and the second time slot may adopt any mapping manner as shown in FIG. 8L.
- the last symbol in the subframe occupied by the reference signal is GAP, no information is sent, and the CP is an extended CP.
- the reference signal occupies 6 symbols.
- the reference signal may adopt any one of the mapping modes shown in FIG. 8L, and in the second time slot, the reference signal may adopt any one of the mapping modes shown in FIG. 8M.
- the CP is an extended CP.
- the reference signal occupies 5 symbols.
- the reference signal occupies 3 symbols, and in the second time slot, the reference signal occupies 2 symbols.
- mapping manner of the reference signal in the first time slot may be as shown in FIG. 8N, and the mapping manner in the second time slot may be as shown in FIG. 8O.
- mapping mode 11 the last symbol in the subframe occupied by the reference signal is GAP, and CP is an extended CP.
- the reference signal occupies 5 symbols.
- the reference signal occupies 3 symbols, and in the second time slot, the reference signal occupies 2 symbols.
- the mapping manner of the reference signal in the first time slot of one subframe may be the same as the mapping manner of the first time slot in the mapping mode, and may be mapped in the second time slot as shown in FIG. 8N. Can be as shown in Figure 8P.
- each row represents an alternative mapping method.
- the numbers 0 to 6 indicate symbols numbered 0 to 6 in one slot.
- the bold underlined symbol is the symbol occupied by the reference signal, and the others are data symbols, excluding the reference signal.
- the reference signal is mapped into the synchronization subframe.
- a synchronization signal is included in the synchronization subframe, and the synchronization signal is used for synchronization between communication devices.
- the synchronization subframe is exemplified by a synchronization subframe in the current D2D system.
- the PD2DSS is, and the SD2DSS is, in the subframe, the last symbol may be a GAP, or the GAP is not included in the subframe.
- the reference signal is exemplified by DMRS.
- FIG. 9A shows the manner in which the current DMRS is mapped in the synchronization subframe of the D2D system.
- the DMRS occupies the symbol 3 of the first time slot and the second time slot, respectively.
- the symbol between the symbols occupied by the two DMRSs and the symbol 0 of the first slot are used to transmit the PSBCH signal.
- the time-frequency resource shown in FIG. 9A occupies a subframe of 1 ms in the time domain, and occupies 6 PRBs in the frequency domain.
- the reference signal is increased in the time domain. Density, and the position between the reference signals is set, and, optionally, non-continuously mapped in the frequency domain to reduce the overhead of the reference signal in the entire sub-frame.
- the mapping of the reference signals in the synchronization subframe is exemplified below with reference to FIGS. 9B to 9D to achieve the above object.
- the reference signal can be determined as the first type of reference signal, and the first type of reference signal is used to achieve the above purpose.
- the reference signal may occupy 7 symbols in the synchronization subframe, wherein 4 symbols are occupied in the first slot, as shown in FIG. 8B, where P represents PD2DSS; in the second slot
- the mapping mode is as shown in FIG. 8C when there is no GAP in the synchronization subframe, and the mapping mode is shown in FIG. 8D when the last symbol in the synchronization subframe is GAP.
- S represents SD2DSS.
- the reference signal may also occupy 6 symbols in the synchronization subframe, where 3 symbols are occupied in the first and second slots, or 4 symbols are occupied in the first slot. Two time slots occupy 2 symbols.
- the reference signal may also occupy 5 symbols in the synchronization subframe, wherein 3 symbols are occupied in the first slot and 2 symbols are occupied in the second slot.
- the reference signal overhead is compared with the current LTE protocol due to the non-contiguous mapping manner in the frequency domain.
- the overhead of the reference signal is basically the same, that is, no additional system overhead is added, and the time domain density of the reference signal is increased, thereby improving the support for high-speed movement and high frequency deviation scenarios.
- the reference signal Since the PAPR of the reference signal is higher than the data, when the transmit power of the transmitter of the transmitting device enters the saturation region, the reference signal deviates from the transmit power of the data. When amplitude modulation is applied to the data, the receiver may perform data solution. An error occurred while tuning.
- the sending device 501 sends a reference signal
- the receiving device For the process of receiving the reference signal, reference may be made to the first embodiment.
- the fourth embodiment adds the power device 501 to the receiving device 502 according to the first embodiment.
- the fifth embodiment is based on the first embodiment.
- the transmitting device 501 performs power adjustment before transmitting the reference signal.
- the fourth embodiment and the fifth embodiment can also be combined with the reference signal mapping schemes provided in the second embodiment and the third embodiment to improve the channel estimation and frequency offset of the receiving device 502 in the scenario of adapting to the high-speed movement and/or large frequency deviation.
- the correctness of the estimate can also be combined with the reference signal mapping schemes provided in the second embodiment and the third embodiment to improve the channel estimation and frequency offset of the receiving device 502 in the scenario of adapting to the high-speed movement and/or large frequency deviation.
- the transmitting device 501 sends power indication information in addition to the reference signal and data to the receiving device 502, and the receiving device 502 determines whether the data and the transmission power of the reference signal are determined according to the received power indication information. There is a power deviation, and if there is a power deviation, the power deviation value is determined, and data demodulation is performed according to the determined power deviation value.
- the first signal is used to carry data in a symbol that does not include a reference signal
- the second signal is a symbol that includes a reference signal in a subframe in which the first signal is located, where only the reference signal or the bearer reference signal and data are carried;
- the first signal is used to carry data in a symbol comprising a reference signal
- the second signal is a reference signal in the symbol.
- two transmit power values are involved: a first transmit power value and a second transmit power value, the first transmit power value is a transmit power value of the first signal, and the second transmit power value is a transmit power of the second signal. value.
- the first transmit power value is greater than the transmit power threshold, there is a power offset value between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value, and the first transmit power value is less than the second transmit power value.
- a transmission power threshold is used, and the transmission power threshold is used to determine whether the power deviation value exists.
- the first power indication information is used, where the first power indication information is used to indicate:
- the first transmit power value is greater than a transmit power threshold
- the second power indication information is further involved, where the second power indication information is used to indicate:
- the first transmit power value is not greater than the transmit power threshold
- the first transmit power value The first transmit power value.
- the first power indication information is used to indicate that there is a power deviation between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value
- the second power indication information is used to indicate between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value. If there is no power deviation, in the specific implementation, whether there is a power deviation between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value may be indicated by the 1 bit information, if the 1 bit information is “0”, the first transmit power value and the first There is no power deviation between the two transmit power values. If the 1-bit information is "1", there is a power deviation between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value.
- FIG. 10 is a flow chart showing the flow of interaction between the transmitting device 501 and the receiving device 502 in Embodiment 4, the process including the following steps:
- the transmitting device 501 of the first signal acquires the first transmit power value Ptx;
- step S1002 determining whether the first transmit power value is greater than the transmit power threshold Ptx_th- ⁇ , and if so, executing step S1003, if not, optionally performing step S1006;
- Ptx+ ⁇ can be compared with Ptx_th. If (Ptx+ ⁇ )>Ptx_th, the first transmit power is greater than the transmit power threshold.
- ⁇ is a preset parameter used to determine the power deviation value between the reference signal and the data due to the PAPR problem
- the modulation method of the data of the sub-frame in which the reference signal is located such as Quadrature Phase Shift Keying (QPSK), 16QAM, 64QAM, and the like.
- QPSK Quadrature Phase Shift Keying
- 16QAM 16QAM
- 64QAM 64QAM
- Multi-carrier mode of data of the subframe in which the reference signal is located for example: single carrier frequency division multiplexing (Single) Carrier-Frequency Division Multiplexing (SC-FDM), OFDM, Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA), etc.;
- system bandwidth for example: 1.4MHz, 3MHz, 5MHz, 10MHz and 20MHz;
- the bandwidth occupied by the data in the sub-frame where the reference signal is located for example, 1.4 MHz, 3 MHz, 5 MHz, 10 MHz, and 20 MHz;
- the reference signal is mapped to the mapping mode on the physical resource.
- the types of different reference signals are divided according to different mapping manners, and then the value of ⁇ can also be determined according to the type of the reference signal.
- the sending device 501 sends the first power indication information to the receiving device 502 of the first signal.
- the receiving device 502 After receiving the first power indication information, the receiving device 502 determines that there is a power deviation between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value of the second signal.
- the receiving device 502 determines a power deviation value, and demodulates the data in the first signal or the data in the subframe where the first signal is located according to the determined power deviation value. According to the foregoing formula 1, the receiving device 502 obtains the estimated data. The amplitude value corresponding to the power deviation value is removed from the symbol to correctly demodulate the data;
- the sending device 501 sends the second power indication information to the receiving device 502.
- the receiving device 502 After receiving the second power indication information, the receiving device 502 determines that there is no power deviation between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value of the second signal.
- the transmitting device 501 may determine the power deviation value ⁇ according to at least one of the following information before performing step S1003:
- the type of the reference signal includes a first type of reference signal and a second type of reference signal.
- the first type of reference signal occupies more symbols in one subframe than the second type of reference signal occupies in one subframe.
- the receiving device 502 may also perform at least one of the foregoing information when performing step S1005. One, determine the power deviation value ⁇ .
- the transmitting device 501 and the receiving device 502 can determine the power deviation value ⁇ by means of a look-up table.
- Table 2 shows the delta values when the reference signal is DMRS in different modulation modes and multi-carrier modes.
- the reference for comparison in Table 2 below is that SC-FDM modulation is used for data transmission, and there is no reference signal in each frequency domain subcarrier of this data symbol.
- the power adjustment is performed to prevent the transmit power of the transmitter from entering the saturated region.
- the first signal and the second signal are also involved: the first signal and the second signal. It has the same meaning as the first signal and the second signal in the fourth embodiment.
- the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value are involved, the first transmit power value is a transmit power value of the first signal, and the second transmit power value is a transmit power value of the second signal.
- the first transmit power value is greater than the transmit power threshold, there is a power offset value between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value, and the first transmit power value is less than the second transmit power value.
- a transmission power threshold is used, and the transmission power threshold is used to determine whether the power deviation value is present, which is the same as the fourth embodiment.
- the sending device 501 determines that the first transmit power value is greater than the transmit power threshold, the power indication information is no longer sent to the receiving device 502, but the power adjustment of the transmitting device 501 is performed.
- FIG. 11 shows a process flow of the sending device 501 in the fifth embodiment, including the following steps:
- step S1102 determining whether the first transmit power value is greater than the transmit power threshold, and if so, executing step S1103;
- the transmitting device 501 can determine ⁇ by using the transmitting device 501 or the receiving device 502 in the fourth embodiment to determine the power deviation value ⁇ , and use ⁇ as the power adjustment amount.
- the transmission device 501 determines the power adjustment amount by taking a reference signal mapping manner corresponding to different types of reference signals as an example. It is assumed that there are two types of reference signals, one is the aforementioned first type of reference signal, and the other is the aforementioned second type of reference signal. The PAPR of the two types of reference signals are different, and thus correspond to different power adjustment amounts.
- the transmitting device 501 can determine the power adjustment amount according to whether the reference signal is the first type of reference signal or the second type of reference signal.
- S1104 performing power adjustment: reducing a transmit power of the first signal by a power adjustment amount, and reducing a transmit power of the second signal by a power adjustment amount (ie, ensuring that a transmit power of all signals does not enter a saturation region) or maintaining the second
- the transmit power of the signal is constant (only the transmit power of the data is reduced at this time, and the effective transmit power of the first signal after entering the saturation region is the same as the effective transmit power of the second signal).
- the power adjustment is performed by the sending device 501, or the power device is indicated to the receiving device 502, so that the receiving device 502 can perform accurate channel estimation according to the reference signal when performing data demodulation.
- the accurate channel estimation results correctly demodulate the data and improve the accuracy of data demodulation.
- the sending device 501 when transmitting the reference signal, can use different types of reference signals according to different scenarios, so as to achieve flexible use of the reference signal, improve the accuracy of the channel estimation of the receiving device 502, and reduce the reference signal overhead.
- the purpose is to obtain greater spectral efficiency while ensuring communication quality.
- Embodiment 6 can be applied to any one of Embodiments 1 to 5 above.
- the process of transmitting the reference signal by the sending device 501 may refer to the first embodiment, and the process of receiving the reference signal by the receiving device 502 may also refer to the first embodiment.
- FIG. 12 is a flowchart showing an optional interaction process between the sending device 501 and the receiving device 502 in the sixth embodiment, where the process includes the following steps:
- the sending device 501 determines, according to the type of the synchronization source that is synchronized by itself and/or the moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal, that the reference signal is the first type reference signal or the second type reference signal;
- the sending device 501 generates a reference signal.
- the sending device 501 sends the generated reference signal.
- the receiving device 502 determines the type of the reference signal sent by the sending device 501.
- the receiving device 502 receives the reference signal according to the determined type of the reference signal
- S1206 The receiving device 502 performs signal processing on the received reference signal.
- the sending device 501 may send the type indication information for indicating the type of the reference signal to the receiving device 502 in advance, and the receiving device 502 determines the reference signal type according to the received indication information.
- step S1201 the sending device 501 can determine the type of the reference signal in the following manner:
- the type of the synchronization source to which the sending device 501 is synchronized is a synchronization source whose synchronization precision is lower than the precision threshold, or the moving speed of the transmitting device 501 is higher than the moving speed threshold, determining that the reference signal is the first type of reference signal;
- the type of the synchronization source to which the transmitting device 501 is synchronized is a synchronization source whose synchronization precision is not lower than the precision threshold, and the moving speed of the transmitting device 501 is not higher than the moving speed threshold, it is determined that the reference signal is the second type of reference signal.
- FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a first reference signal sending apparatus according to Embodiment 7 of the present application. As shown in Figure 13, the device includes:
- the processing module 1301 is configured to generate a reference signal, where the reference signal is a first type of reference signal;
- the sending module 1302 is configured to send the reference signal generated by the processing module 1301.
- the first type of reference signal occupies at least five symbols, and at least five symbols have two symbols, and the symbols of the two symbols present
- the interval is no more than two symbols.
- the first type of reference signal occupies at least two symbols.
- the reference signal occupies a plurality of discontinuous subcarriers.
- the first type of reference signal occupies at least three subcarriers.
- the number of symbols occupied by the first reference signal is smaller than the number of symbols in the subframe that can be used for transmitting data.
- the reference signal occupies adjacent symbols.
- the first type of reference signals respectively occupy two sets of symbols, and each set of symbols includes adjacent multiple symbols.
- the symbols occupied by the first type of reference signal in one slot of the occupied subframe include:
- the symbols occupied by the first type of reference signal in one slot of the occupied subframe include:
- the subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal includes: a synchronization subframe and/or an asynchronous subframe;
- the synchronization signal is included in the synchronization subframe, and the synchronization signal is not included in the asynchronous subframe.
- the receiving device of the sending device and the reference signal are both terminal devices; or
- the sending device is a terminal device, and the receiving device of the reference signal is a network device;
- the transmitting device is a network device, and the receiving device of the reference signal is a terminal device; or
- the receiving device of the transmitting device and the reference signal are both network devices
- the network device comprises a base station
- the terminal device comprises a user equipment UE or a roadside unit RSU.
- the last symbol is an empty symbol GAP.
- the first type of reference signal is a reference signal sent by the same antenna port.
- the processing module 1301 is further configured to: before generating the reference signal,
- the reference signal is determined to be the first type of reference signal according to the type of the synchronization source to which the transmitting device of the reference signal is synchronized and/or the moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal.
- the type of the synchronization source to which the transmitting device of the reference signal is synchronized is a synchronization source whose synchronization precision is lower than the precision threshold, or the moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal is higher than the moving speed threshold, determining the reference signal as the first Class reference signal.
- the optional process of transmitting the reference signal by the sending device of the reference signal may refer to the sending process shown in FIG. 6 in the first embodiment.
- the transmitting device of the reference signal reference may be made to the operations of the transmitting device 501 in the second embodiment and the third embodiment, wherein the processing module 1301 is operable to perform processing operations of the transmitting device 501, and the transmitting module 1302 is configured to perform transmission. The transmitting operation of the device 501.
- the processing module 1301 can be implemented by a processor, and the sending module 1302 can be implemented by a transmitter.
- FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a second reference signal sending apparatus according to Embodiment 8 of the present application. As shown in Figure 14, the device includes:
- the processor 1401 is configured to generate a reference signal, where the reference signal is a first type of reference signal;
- a transmitter 1402 configured to send a reference signal generated by the processor 1401;
- the first type of reference signal occupies at least five symbols, and at least five symbols have two symbols, and the symbols of the two symbols present
- the interval is no more than two symbols.
- the various implementations of the processor 1401 may refer to the processing module 1301.
- the various implementations of the transmitter 1402 may refer to the sending module 1302.
- the optional process of transmitting the reference signal by the sending device of the reference signal may refer to the sending process shown in FIG. 6 in the first embodiment.
- the transmitting device of the reference signal reference may be made to the operations of the transmitting device 501 in the second embodiment and the third embodiment, wherein the processor 1401 is operable to perform processing operations of the transmitting device 501, and the transmitter 1402 is operable to perform transmission.
- the transmitting operation of the device 501, the reference signal transmitted by the transmitter 1402 can be transmitted through one or more connected antennas.
- FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a first reference signal receiving apparatus according to Embodiment 9 of the present application. As shown in Figure 15, the device includes:
- a receiving module 1501 configured to receive a reference signal
- the processing module 1502 is configured to perform signal processing on the reference signal received by the receiving module 1502.
- the first type of reference signal occupies at least five symbols, and at least five symbols have two symbols, and the symbols of the two symbols present
- the interval is no more than two symbols.
- the first type of reference signal occupies at least two symbols
- the reference signal occupies a plurality of discontinuous subcarriers.
- the first type of reference signal occupies at least three subcarriers.
- the number of symbols occupied by the first reference signal is smaller than the number of symbols in the subframe that can be used for transmitting data.
- the reference signal occupies adjacent symbols.
- the first type of reference signals respectively occupy two sets of symbols, and each set of symbols includes adjacent multiple symbols.
- the symbols occupied by the first type of reference signal in one slot of the occupied subframe include:
- the symbols occupied by the first type of reference signal in one slot of the occupied subframe include:
- the subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal includes: a synchronization subframe and/or an asynchronous subframe;
- the synchronization signal is included in the synchronization subframe, and the synchronization signal is not included in the asynchronous subframe.
- the sending device and the receiving device of the reference signal are both terminal devices; or
- the transmitting device of the reference signal is a terminal device, and the receiving device is a network device;
- the transmitting device of the reference signal is a network device, and the receiving device is a terminal device; or
- the transmitting device and the receiving device of the reference signal are both network devices
- the network device comprises a base station
- the terminal device comprises a user equipment UE or a roadside unit RSU.
- the last symbol is an empty symbol GAP.
- the first type of reference signal is a reference signal sent by the same antenna port.
- the optional process of receiving and processing the reference signal by the receiving device of the reference signal may refer to the process shown in FIG. 7 in the first embodiment.
- the receiving device of the reference signal reference may be made to the operations of the receiving device 502 in the second embodiment and the third embodiment, wherein the processing module 1502 is operable to perform processing operations of the receiving device 502, and the receiving module 1501 is operable to perform receiving The receiving operation of device 502.
- the processing module 1502 can be implemented by a processor, and the receiving module 1501 can be implemented by a receiver.
- FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a first reference signal receiving apparatus according to Embodiment 10 of the present application. As shown in Figure 16, the device includes:
- a receiver 1601, configured to receive a reference signal
- the processor 1602 is configured to perform signal processing on the reference signal received by the receiver 1602.
- the first type of reference signal occupies at least five symbols, and at least five symbols have two symbols, and the symbols of the two symbols present
- the interval is no more than two symbols.
- various optional implementations of the receiver 1601 may refer to the receiving module 1501.
- the various optional implementations of the processor 1602 may refer to the processing module 1502.
- the optional process of receiving and processing the reference signal by the receiving device of the reference signal may refer to the process shown in FIG. 7 in the first embodiment.
- the receiving device of the reference signal reference may be made to the operations of the receiving device 502 in the second embodiment and the third embodiment, wherein the processor 1602 is operable to perform processing operations of the receiving device 502, and the receiver 1601 is operable to perform receiving The receiving operation of device 502.
- FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a first device for transmitting power indication information according to Embodiment 11 of the present application. As shown in Figure 17, the device includes:
- the processing module 1701 is configured to acquire a first transmit power value of the first signal
- the sending module 1702 is configured to: when the first transmit power value acquired by the processing module 1701 is greater than the transmit power threshold, send the first power indication information to the receiving device of the first signal, where the first power indication information is used to indicate:
- the first transmit power value is greater than a transmit power threshold
- the first signal is used to carry data in a symbol not including the reference signal
- the second signal is a reference signal in a symbol including the reference signal in the subframe in which the first signal is located;
- the first signal is used to carry data in a symbol including the reference signal, and the second signal is in the symbol Reference signal.
- the sending module 1702 is further configured to: after the processing module 1701 acquires the first transmit power value of the first signal in the subframe, if the acquired first transmit power value is not greater than the transmit power threshold, then the first signal is sent to the first signal.
- the receiving device sends the second power indication information, where the second power indication information is used to indicate:
- the first transmit power value is not greater than the transmit power threshold
- the first transmit power value The first transmit power value.
- the processing module 1701 is further configured to: before sending the first power indication information to the receiving device of the first signal, further comprising: according to at least one of the following information One, determine the power deviation value:
- mapping of the reference signal to the physical resource
- the processing module 1701 is configured to perform a processing operation of the sending device 501
- the sending module 1702 is configured to perform the sending of the sending device 501. operating.
- the processing module 1701 can be implemented by a processor, and the sending module 1702 can be implemented by a transmitter.
- FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a second device for transmitting power indication information according to Embodiment 12 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 18, the sending device includes:
- the processor 1801 is configured to acquire a first transmit power value of the first signal.
- the transmitter 1802 is configured to: when the first transmit power value acquired by the processor 1801 is greater than the transmit power threshold, send the first power indication information to the receiving device of the first signal, where the first power indication information is used to indicate:
- the first transmit power value is greater than a transmit power threshold
- the first signal is used to carry data in a symbol not including the reference signal
- the second signal is a reference signal in a symbol including the reference signal in the subframe in which the first signal is located;
- the first signal is used to carry data in a symbol comprising a reference signal
- the second signal is a reference signal in the symbol.
- the various optional implementations of the processor 1801 may refer to the processing module 1701.
- the various optional implementations of the transmitter 1802 may refer to the sending module 1702.
- the sending device For other optional implementations of the sending device, reference may be made to the processing of the transmitting device 501 in the fourth embodiment, wherein the processor 1801 is configured to perform a processing operation of the transmitting device 501, and the transmitter 1802 is configured to perform a transmitting operation of the transmitting device 501.
- the power indication information transmitted by the transmitter 1802 can be transmitted through one or more antennas.
- FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a first receiving apparatus for power indication information according to Embodiment 13 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 19, the receiving device includes:
- the receiving module 1901 is configured to receive first power indication information that is sent by the sending device of the first signal, where the first power indication information is used to indicate that: the first transmit power value of the first signal is greater than a transmit power threshold; or the first transmit power value a power deviation value between the second transmission power value of the second signal; or a power deviation between the first transmission power value and the second transmission power value; or a first transmission power value;
- the processing module 1902 is configured to determine, according to the first power indication information, that there is a power deviation between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value of the second signal;
- the first signal is used to carry data in a symbol not including the reference signal
- the second signal is a reference signal in a symbol including the reference signal in the subframe in which the first signal is located;
- the first signal is used to carry data in a symbol comprising a reference signal
- the second signal is a reference signal in the symbol.
- the processing module 1902 is specifically configured to: if the first power indication information is used to indicate a power deviation value,
- Determining the power deviation value according to at least one of the following information: a mapping manner of the reference signal mapped to the physical resource, a modulation mode of the data in the subframe where the reference signal is located, a multi-carrier mode of the data in the subframe where the reference signal is located, and a system bandwidth And the bandwidth occupied by the data in the sub-frame where the reference signal is located.
- the processing module 1902 is configured to perform processing operations of the receiving device 502
- the receiving module 1901 is configured to perform receiving of the receiving device 502. operating.
- the processing module 1902 can be implemented by a processor, and the receiving module 1901 can be implemented by a receiver.
- FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of a device for receiving second power indication information according to Embodiment 14 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 20, the receiving device includes:
- the receiver 2001 is configured to receive first power indication information that is sent by the sending device of the first signal, where the first power indication information is used to indicate that: the first transmit power value of the first signal is greater than a transmit power threshold; or the first transmit power value a power deviation value between the second transmission power value of the second signal; or a power deviation between the first transmission power value and the second transmission power value; or a first transmission power value;
- the processor 2002 is configured to determine, according to the first power indication information, that there is a power deviation between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value of the second signal;
- the first signal is used to carry data in a symbol not including the reference signal
- the second signal is a reference signal in a symbol including the reference signal in the subframe in which the first signal is located;
- the first signal is used to carry data in a symbol comprising a reference signal
- the second signal is a reference signal in the symbol.
- the processor 2002 is specifically configured to: if the first power indication information is used to indicate a power deviation Value, then
- Determining the power deviation value according to at least one of the following information: a mapping manner of the reference signal mapped to the physical resource, a modulation mode of the data in the subframe where the reference signal is located, a multi-carrier mode of the data in the subframe where the reference signal is located, and a system bandwidth And the bandwidth occupied by the data in the sub-frame where the reference signal is located.
- the receiving device refers to the processing of the receiving device 502 in the fourth embodiment, where the processor 2002 is configured to perform processing operations of the receiving device 502, and the receiver 2001 is configured to perform receiving of the receiving device 502. operating.
- FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a first transmit power adjustment apparatus according to Embodiment 15 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 21, the device includes:
- the power value obtaining module 2101 is configured to acquire a first transmit power value of the first signal
- the first signal is used to carry data in a symbol that does not include a reference signal
- the second signal is a reference signal in a symbol including a reference signal in a subframe in which the first signal is located; or the first signal is used to carry a symbol included in the reference signal Data, the second signal is a reference signal in the symbol;
- the power adjustment module 2102 is configured to: when the first transmit power value acquired by the power value acquisition module 2101 is greater than the transmit power threshold, perform power adjustment: reduce the transmit power of the first signal by a power adjustment amount, and The transmit power reduces the amount of power adjustment or keeps the transmit power of the second signal constant.
- the power adjustment module 2102 is further configured to determine the power adjustment amount according to at least one of the following information before performing power adjustment:
- the reference signal is mapped to the mapping mode on the physical resource, the modulation mode of the data in the subframe where the reference signal is located, the multi-carrier mode of the data in the subframe where the reference signal is located, the bandwidth of the system and the bandwidth occupied by the data in the subframe in which the reference signal is located.
- the power value obtaining module 2101 is configured to perform an operation of determining the signal transmitting power of the sending device 501
- the power adjusting module 2102 can be used for The operation of determining the power adjustment amount of the transmitting device 501 and performing power adjustment is performed.
- the operation of the power value acquisition module 2101 and the power adjustment module 2102 can be implemented by a processor.
- the power adjustment amount determined by the power adjustment module 2102 can be applied to the power amplifier of the device for controlling the output power of the RF circuit, and the output of the RF circuit. Signals can be transmitted through one or more antennas.
- FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of a second transmission power adjustment apparatus according to Embodiment 16 of the present application. As shown in Figure 22, the device includes:
- the processor 2201 is configured to acquire a first transmit power value of the first signal.
- the first signal is used to carry data in a symbol that does not include a reference signal
- the second signal is a reference signal in a symbol including a reference signal in a subframe in which the first signal is located; or the first signal is used to carry a symbol included in the reference signal Data, the second signal is a reference signal in the symbol;
- the processor 2201 is further configured to: when the obtained first transmit power value is greater than the transmit power threshold, perform power adjustment: reducing a transmit power of the first signal by a power adjustment amount, and reducing a transmit power of the second signal by a power adjustment The amount or the transmission power of the second signal is kept unchanged;
- the RF circuit 2202 is configured to perform transmit power adjustment according to the power adjustment amount determined by the processor 2201.
- the processor 2201 is further configured to determine the power adjustment amount according to at least one of the following information before performing power adjustment:
- the reference signal is mapped to the mapping mode on the physical resource, the modulation mode of the data in the subframe where the reference signal is located, the multi-carrier mode of the data in the subframe where the reference signal is located, the bandwidth of the system and the bandwidth occupied by the data in the subframe in which the reference signal is located.
- the signal output by the RF circuit 2202 can be transmitted through one or more antennas.
- FIG. 23 is a schematic structural diagram of a third reference signal transmitting apparatus according to Embodiment 17 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 23, the sending device includes:
- the processing module 2301 is configured to: according to the type and/or reference signal of the synchronization source to which the transmitting device is synchronized a moving speed of the transmitting device, determining that the reference signal is a first type of reference signal or a second type of reference signal; and generating a reference signal;
- the sending module 2302 is configured to send the reference signal generated by the processing module 2301.
- the first type of reference signal occupies more symbols in one subframe than the second type of reference signal occupies in one subframe.
- processing module 2301 is specifically configured to:
- the type of the synchronization source to which the transmitting device of the reference signal is synchronized is a synchronization source whose synchronization precision is lower than the precision threshold, or the moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal is higher than the moving speed threshold, determining that the reference signal is the first type of reference signal;
- the type of the synchronization source to which the transmitting device of the reference signal is synchronized is a synchronization source whose synchronization precision is not lower than the precision threshold, and the moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal is not higher than the moving speed threshold, determining the reference signal as the second type reference signal.
- the optional process of transmitting the reference signal by the transmitting device of the reference signal may refer to the transmitting process shown in FIG. 6 in the first embodiment.
- the transmitting device of the reference signal reference may be made to the operation of the transmitting device 501 in Embodiment 6, wherein the processing module 2301 is operable to perform processing operations of the transmitting device 501, and the transmitting module 2302 is operable to perform transmission of the transmitting device 501. operating.
- the processing module 2301 can be implemented by a processor, and the sending module 2302 can be implemented by a transmitter.
- FIG. 24 is a schematic structural diagram of a fourth reference signal transmitting apparatus according to Embodiment 18 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 24, the sending device includes:
- the processor 2401 is configured to determine, according to a type of the synchronization source to which the transmitting device is synchronized, and/or a moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal, the reference signal is a first type of reference signal or a second type of reference signal; and generate a reference signal;
- a transmitter 2402 configured to send the reference signal generated by the processor 2401;
- the first type of reference signal occupies more symbols in one subframe than the second type of reference signal occupies in one subframe.
- the processor 2401 is specifically configured to:
- the type of the synchronization source to which the transmitting device of the reference signal is synchronized is a synchronization source whose synchronization precision is lower than the precision threshold, or the moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal is higher than the moving speed threshold, determining that the reference signal is the first type of reference signal;
- the type of the synchronization source to which the transmitting device of the reference signal is synchronized is a synchronization source whose synchronization precision is not lower than the precision threshold, and the moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal is not higher than the moving speed threshold, determining the reference signal as the second type reference signal.
- the optional process for transmitting the reference signal by the transmitting device of the reference signal may refer to the sending process shown in FIG. 6 in the first embodiment.
- the transmitting device of the reference signal reference may be made to the operation of the transmitting device 501 in the sixth embodiment, wherein the processor 2401 is operable to perform processing operations of the transmitting device 501, and the transmitter 2402 is operable to perform transmission of the transmitting device 501. operating.
- the reference signal transmitted by transmitter 2402 can be transmitted through one or more antennas.
- FIG. 25 is a schematic structural diagram of a third reference signal receiving apparatus according to Embodiment 18 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 25, the receiving device includes:
- the processing module 2501 is configured to determine a type of the reference signal sent by the sending device of the reference signal, where the type of the reference signal includes: a first type of reference signal or a second type of reference signal;
- the receiving module 2502 is configured to receive the reference signal according to the type of the reference signal determined by the processing module 2501;
- the processing module 2501 is further configured to: perform signal processing on the reference signal received by the receiving module 2502;
- the first type of reference signal occupies more symbols in one subframe than the second type of reference signal occupies in one subframe.
- the optional process of receiving and processing the reference signal by the receiving device of the reference signal may refer to the process shown in FIG. 7 in the first embodiment.
- the receiving device of the reference signal reference may be made to the operation of the receiving device 502 in the sixth embodiment, wherein the processing module 2501 is operable to perform processing operations of the receiving device 502, and the receiving module 2502 is operable to perform receiving of the receiving device 502. operating.
- the processing module 2501 can be implemented by a processor, and the receiving module 2502 can be implemented by a transmitter.
- FIG. 26 is a schematic structural diagram of a fourth reference signal receiving apparatus according to Embodiment 18 of the present application.
- the receiving device includes:
- the processor 2601 is configured to determine a type of the reference signal sent by the sending device of the reference signal, where the type of the reference signal includes: a first type of reference signal or a second type of reference signal;
- the receiver 2602 is configured to receive the reference signal according to the type of the reference signal determined by the processor 2601;
- the processor 2601 is further configured to: perform signal processing on the reference signal received by the receiver 2602;
- the first type of reference signal occupies more symbols in one subframe than the second type of reference signal occupies in one subframe.
- the optional process of receiving and processing the reference signal by the receiving device of the reference signal may refer to the process shown in FIG. 7 in the first embodiment.
- the receiving device of the reference signal reference may be made to the operation of the receiving device 502 in the sixth embodiment, wherein the processor 2601 is operable to perform processing operations of the receiving device 502, and the receiver 2602 is operable to perform receiving of the receiving device 502. operating.
- Receiver 2602 can receive the reference signal through one or more antennas.
- FIG. 27 is a flowchart of a first method for transmitting a reference signal according to Embodiment 21 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 27, the method includes the following steps:
- S2701 generating a reference signal, where the reference signal is a first type of reference signal
- the first type of reference signal occupies at least five symbols, and at least five symbols have two symbols, and the symbols of the two symbols present
- the interval is no more than two symbols.
- the first type of reference signal occupies at least two symbols.
- the reference signal occupies a plurality of discontinuous subcarriers.
- the first type of reference signal occupies at least three subcarriers.
- the number of symbols occupied by the first reference signal is smaller than the number of symbols in the subframe that can be used for transmitting data.
- the reference signal occupies adjacent symbols.
- the first type of reference signals respectively occupy two sets of symbols, and each set of symbols includes adjacent multiple symbols.
- the symbols occupied by the first type of reference signal in one slot of the occupied subframe include:
- the symbols occupied by the first type of reference signal in one slot of the occupied subframe include:
- the subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal includes: a synchronization subframe and/or an asynchronous subframe;
- the synchronization signal is included in the synchronization subframe, and the synchronization signal is not included in the asynchronous subframe.
- the sending device and the receiving device of the reference signal are both terminal devices; or
- the transmitting device of the reference signal is a terminal device, and the receiving device of the reference signal is a network device;
- the transmitting device of the reference signal is a network device, and the receiving device of the reference signal is a terminal device; or
- the transmitting device and the receiving device of the reference signal are both network devices
- the network device comprises a base station
- the terminal device comprises a user equipment UE or a roadside unit RSU.
- the last symbol is an empty symbol GAP.
- the first type of reference signal is a reference signal sent by the same antenna port.
- the method before generating the reference signal, the method further includes:
- the reference signal is determined to be the first type of reference signal according to the type of the synchronization source to which the transmitting device of the reference signal is synchronized and/or the moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal.
- the type of the synchronization source to which the transmitting device of the reference signal is synchronized is a synchronization source whose synchronization precision is lower than the precision threshold, or the moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal is higher than the moving speed threshold, determining the reference signal as the first Class reference signal.
- an optional process of generating and transmitting a reference signal may refer to the sending process shown in FIG. 6 in Embodiment 1.
- reference may be made to the operations of the transmitting device 501 in the second embodiment and the third embodiment.
- FIG. 28 is a flowchart of a first reference signal receiving method according to Embodiment 22 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 28, the method includes the following steps:
- S2801 receiving a reference signal, where the reference signal is a first type of reference signal;
- the first type of reference signal occupies at least five symbols, and at least five symbols have two symbols, and the symbols of the two symbols present
- the interval is no more than two symbols.
- the first type of reference signal occupies at least two symbols
- the reference signal occupies a plurality of discontinuous subcarriers.
- the first type of reference signal occupies at least three subcarriers.
- the number of symbols occupied by the first reference signal is smaller than the number of symbols in the subframe that can be used for transmitting data.
- the reference signal occupies adjacent symbols.
- the first type of reference signals respectively occupy two sets of symbols, and each set of symbols includes adjacent multiple symbols.
- the symbols occupied by the first type of reference signal in one slot of the occupied subframe include:
- the symbols occupied by the first type of reference signal in one slot of the occupied subframe include:
- the subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal includes: a synchronization subframe and/or an asynchronous subframe;
- the synchronization signal is included in the synchronization subframe, and the synchronization signal is not included in the asynchronous subframe.
- the sending device and the receiving device of the reference signal are both terminal devices; or
- the transmitting device of the reference signal is a terminal device, and the receiving device of the reference signal is a network device;
- the transmitting device of the reference signal is a network device, and the receiving device of the reference signal is a terminal device; or
- the transmitting device and the receiving device of the reference signal are both network devices
- the network device comprises a base station
- the terminal device comprises a user equipment UE or a roadside unit RSU.
- the last symbol is an empty symbol GAP.
- the first type of reference signal is a reference signal sent by the same antenna port.
- an optional process of receiving and processing the reference signal may refer to the process shown in FIG. 7 in the first embodiment.
- reference may be made to the operations of the receiving device 502 in the second embodiment and the third embodiment.
- FIG. 29 is a flowchart of a method for transmitting power indication information according to Embodiment 23 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 29, the method includes the following steps:
- the first transmit power value is greater than a transmit power threshold
- the first signal is used to carry data in a symbol not including the reference signal
- the second signal is a reference signal in a symbol including the reference signal in the subframe in which the first signal is located;
- the first signal is used to carry data in a symbol comprising a reference signal
- the second signal is a reference signal in the symbol.
- the method further includes:
- the first transmit power value is not greater than the transmit power threshold
- the first transmit power value The first transmit power value.
- the method further includes: determining the power deviation value according to at least one of the following information: :
- mapping of the reference signal to the physical resource
- FIG. 30 is a flowchart of a method for receiving power indication information according to Embodiment 24 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 30, the method includes the following steps:
- S3001 The first power indication information sent by the sending device that receives the first signal, where the first power indication information is used to indicate that the first transmit power value of the first signal is greater than a transmit power threshold; or the first transmit power value and the second signal a power deviation value between the second transmit power values; or a power offset between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value; or a first transmit power value;
- S3002 Determine, according to the first power indication information, that there is a power deviation between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value of the second signal;
- S3003 Determine a power deviation value, and demodulate data in the first signal or data in a subframe in which the first signal is located according to the determined power deviation value;
- the first signal is used to carry data in a symbol not including the reference signal
- the second signal is a reference signal in a symbol including the reference signal in the subframe in which the first signal is located;
- the first signal is used to carry data in a symbol comprising a reference signal
- the second signal is a reference signal in the symbol.
- determining the power deviation value including:
- Determining the power deviation value according to at least one of the following information: a mapping manner of the reference signal mapped to the physical resource, a modulation mode of the data in the subframe where the reference signal is located, a multi-carrier mode of the data in the subframe where the reference signal is located, and a system bandwidth And the bandwidth occupied by the data in the sub-frame where the reference signal is located.
- FIG. 31 is a flowchart of a method for adjusting transmit power provided by Embodiment 25 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 31, the method includes the following steps:
- S3101 Acquire a first transmit power value of the first signal.
- the first signal is used to carry data in a symbol not including the reference signal
- the second signal is a reference signal in a symbol including the reference signal in the subframe in which the first signal is located;
- the first signal is used to carry data in a symbol including the reference signal, and the second signal is a reference signal in the symbol;
- the method before performing power adjustment, further includes: determining, according to at least one of the following information, a power adjustment amount: a mapping manner in which the reference signal is mapped to the physical resource, a modulation manner of the data in the subframe where the reference signal is located, and a reference.
- a power adjustment amount a mapping manner in which the reference signal is mapped to the physical resource, a modulation manner of the data in the subframe where the reference signal is located, and a reference.
- FIG. 32 is a flowchart of a second method for transmitting a reference signal according to Embodiment 26 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 32, the method includes the following steps:
- S3201 determining, according to a type of the synchronization source to which the transmitting device of the reference signal is synchronized and/or a moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal, the reference signal is a first type reference signal or a second type reference signal;
- the first type of reference signal occupies more symbols in one subframe than the second type of reference signal occupies in one subframe.
- determining the reference signal as the first type of reference signal or the second type of reference signal according to the type of the synchronization source to which the transmitting device of the reference signal is synchronized and/or the moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal including:
- the type of the synchronization source to which the transmitting device of the reference signal is synchronized is a synchronization source whose synchronization precision is lower than the precision threshold, or the moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal is higher than the moving speed threshold, determining that the reference signal is the first type of reference signal;
- the type of the synchronization source to which the transmitting device of the reference signal is synchronized is a synchronization source whose synchronization precision is not lower than the precision threshold, and the moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal is not higher than the moving speed threshold, determining the reference signal as the second type reference signal.
- an optional process for transmitting the reference signal may refer to the sending process shown in FIG. 6 in the first embodiment.
- reference may be made to the operation of the transmitting device 501 in Embodiment 6.
- FIG. 33 is a flowchart of a second method for receiving a reference signal according to Embodiment 27 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 33, the method includes the following steps:
- S3301 determining a type of the reference signal sent by the sending device of the reference signal, where the type of the reference signal includes: a first type of reference signal or a second type of reference signal;
- S3302 Receive a reference signal according to the determined type of the reference signal
- the first type of reference signal occupies more symbols in one subframe than the second type of reference signal occupies in one subframe.
- an optional process of receiving and processing the reference signal may refer to the process shown in FIG. 7 in the first embodiment.
- reference may be made to the operation of the receiving device 502 in the sixth embodiment.
- the reference signals transmitted between the communication devices satisfy the following conditions:
- the reference signal occupies at least five symbols in each occupied subframe, and there are two symbols in the at least five symbols, and the intersymbol spacing between the two symbols is not more than two symbols.
- the reference signal occupies at least five symbols in each occupied subframe, which can ensure that the receiving device of the reference signal can obtain sufficient reference signal resources for frequency offset estimation, and can also ensure high-speed movement and fast channel change in the communication device. In the case where more reference signals can be acquired per unit time, the result of channel estimation based on the reference signal is more accurate.
- the interval between the symbols of the two symbols is not more than two symbols, in order to ensure that a large frequency deviation value can be correctly estimated.
- the above design of the reference signal can ensure that the frequency deviation value between the devices communicating with each other is large, and the receiving device estimates the frequency deviation through the reference signal of the above design and corrects accordingly, thereby ensuring the between devices. Normal communication.
- the transmitting device obtains the transmit power value of the data to be sent. If the obtained power value is too high, the receiving device is notified that the power value is too high. When the receiving device knows the situation, the corresponding data is demodulated. Processing to ensure data demodulation performance.
- Solution 2 The transmitting device obtains the transmit power value of the data to be sent. If the obtained power value is too high, the transmit power is adjusted to avoid the transmitter transmit power saturation, thereby ensuring the data demodulation performance of the receiving device.
- a transmission scheme of a reference signal is provided, and the type of the reference signal can be flexibly determined according to the synchronization source type to which the transmitting device is synchronized and/or the moving speed of the transmitting device.
- embodiments of the present invention can be provided as a method, system, or computer program product. Accordingly, the present invention may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or a combination of software and hardware. Moreover, the invention can take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) including computer usable program code.
- computer-usable storage media including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.
- the computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing device to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer readable memory produce an article of manufacture comprising the instruction device.
- the apparatus implements the functions specified in one or more blocks of a flow or a flow and/or block diagram of the flowchart.
- These computer program instructions can also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device such that a series of operational steps are performed on a computer or other programmable device to produce computer-implemented processing for execution on a computer or other programmable device.
- the instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of a flow diagram.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
The present application relates to the technical field of wireless communications, and in particular, to a device, method, and system for transmitting a reference signal, used for ensuring normal communications between communication devices as far as possible when a frequency offset exists between the communication devices. The present application provides a transmitting device, comprising: a processing module, used for generating a reference signal, the reference signal being a first type of reference signal; and a transmitting module, used for transmitting the reference signal generated by the processing module. In the time domain, in each subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal, the first type of reference signal occupies at least five symbols; there are two symbols in the at least five symbols and an inter-symbol interval between the two existing symbols is not larger than two symbols. The described design for the first type of reference signal can ensure that a receiving device estimates, in the case of a large frequency offset between devices communicating with each other, the frequency offset by using the reference signal designed above and makes a corresponding correction, thereby ensuring normal communications between the devices.
Description
本申请涉及无线通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种参考信号的传输设备、方法和系统。The present application relates to the field of wireless communications technologies, and in particular, to a transmission device, method, and system for a reference signal.
无线通信系统中,参考信号(Reference Signal,RS)由参考信号的发送设备发送给参考信号的接收设备,可用于信道估计、信号解调、自动增益控制(Automatic Gain Control,AGC)、信号质量测量、定位,以及信道探测,定位等,参考信号的接收设备预先知道要接收的参考信号,这样才能达到接收设备信道估计等信号处理的目的。In a wireless communication system, a reference signal (RS) is transmitted from a transmitting device of a reference signal to a receiving device of a reference signal, and can be used for channel estimation, signal demodulation, automatic gain control (AGC), and signal quality measurement. The positioning device, the channel detecting, the positioning, and the like, the receiving device of the reference signal knows in advance the reference signal to be received, so as to achieve the purpose of signal processing such as channel estimation of the receiving device.
在无线通信系统中,设备之间相互正常通信的前提是:这些设备之间处于同步状态。但是各种原因均可能导致设备之间无法精确同步。In a wireless communication system, the premise of normal communication between devices is that these devices are in a synchronized state. However, various reasons may cause accurate synchronization between devices.
比如:两个车辆之间进行通信,若这两个车辆同步到两个基站上,而这两个基站之间没有实现同步,这样这两个车辆之间通信时可能存在频率偏差,以车车之间的通信频率为6GHz为例,两个车辆之间的频率偏差值可能高达3~7kHz,导致它们之间无法正常通信。For example, if two vehicles communicate with each other, if the two vehicles are synchronized to two base stations, and no synchronization is achieved between the two base stations, there may be a frequency deviation between the two vehicles for communication. For example, the communication frequency between the two is 6 GHz, and the frequency deviation between the two vehicles may be as high as 3 to 7 kHz, resulting in failure to communicate properly between them.
发明内容Summary of the invention
有鉴于此,本申请提供一种参考信号的传输设备、方法和系统,用以在通信设备之间存在频率偏差时,尽量保证通信设备之间正常通信。In view of this, the present application provides a transmission device, method and system for reference signals for ensuring normal communication between communication devices when there is a frequency deviation between communication devices.
第一方面,本申请提供一种参考信号的发送设备,包括:In a first aspect, the application provides a reference signal sending device, including:
处理模块,用于生成参考信号,所述参考信号为第一类参考信号;a processing module, configured to generate a reference signal, where the reference signal is a first type of reference signal;
发送模块,用于将所述处理模块生成的所述参考信号发送出去;a sending module, configured to send the reference signal generated by the processing module;
其中,在时域上,在所述第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中,所述第一类参考信号占用至少五个符号,以及所述至少五个符号中存在两个符号,
存在的所述两个符号的符号间间隔不大于两个符号。In the time domain, in each subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal, the first type of reference signal occupies at least five symbols, and two symbols are present in the at least five symbols.
The inter-symbol spacing of the two symbols present is no more than two symbols.
第二方面,本申请提供一种参考信号的接收设备,包括:In a second aspect, the present application provides a receiving device for a reference signal, including:
接收模块,用于接收参考信号;a receiving module, configured to receive a reference signal;
处理模块,用于对所述接收模块接收到的参考信号进行信号处理;a processing module, configured to perform signal processing on the reference signal received by the receiving module;
其中,在时域上,在所述第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中,所述第一类参考信号占用至少五个符号,以及所述至少五个符号中存在两个符号,存在的所述两个符号的符号间间隔不大于两个符号。In the time domain, in each subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal, the first type of reference signal occupies at least five symbols, and two symbols in the at least five symbols are present. The inter-symbol spacing of the two symbols is no more than two symbols.
第三方面,本申请提供一种参考信号的发送方法,包括:In a third aspect, the application provides a method for sending a reference signal, including:
生成参考信号,所述参考信号为第一类参考信号;Generating a reference signal, the reference signal being a first type of reference signal;
将生成的所述参考信号发送出去;Transmitting the generated reference signal;
其中,在时域上,在所述第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中,所述第一类参考信号占用至少五个符号,以及所述至少五个符号中存在两个符号,存在的所述两个符号的符号间间隔不大于两个符号。In the time domain, in each subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal, the first type of reference signal occupies at least five symbols, and two symbols in the at least five symbols are present. The inter-symbol spacing of the two symbols is no more than two symbols.
第四方面,本申请提供一种参考信号的接收方法,包括:In a fourth aspect, the application provides a method for receiving a reference signal, including:
接收参考信号,参考信号为第一类参考信号;Receiving a reference signal, the reference signal being a first type of reference signal;
对接收到的参考信号进行信号处理;Signal processing the received reference signal;
其中,在时域上,在所述第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中,所述第一类参考信号占用至少五个符号,以及所述至少五个符号中存在两个符号,存在的所述两个符号的符号间间隔不大于两个符号。In the time domain, in each subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal, the first type of reference signal occupies at least five symbols, and two symbols in the at least five symbols are present. The inter-symbol spacing of the two symbols is no more than two symbols.
第五方面,本申请提供一种无线通信系统,包括:In a fifth aspect, the application provides a wireless communication system, including:
发送设备,用于生成参考信号,将生成的所述参考信号发送出去;a sending device, configured to generate a reference signal, and send the generated reference signal;
接收设备,用于接收所述发送设备发送的所述参考信号,并对接收的所述参考信号进行信号处理;a receiving device, configured to receive the reference signal sent by the sending device, and perform signal processing on the received reference signal;
所述参考信号为第一类参考信号;The reference signal is a first type of reference signal;
其中,在时域上,在所述第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中,所述第一类参考信号占用至少五个符号,以及所述至少五个符号中存在两个符号,存在的所述两个符号的符号间间隔不大于两个符号。
In the time domain, in each subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal, the first type of reference signal occupies at least five symbols, and two symbols in the at least five symbols are present. The inter-symbol spacing of the two symbols is no more than two symbols.
上述任一方面中,为了保证频率偏差大的通信设备之间的正常通信,通信设备之间发送的参考信号满足如下条件:In any of the above aspects, in order to ensure normal communication between communication devices having large frequency deviations, the reference signals transmitted between the communication devices satisfy the following conditions:
在时域上,参考信号在占用的每一个子帧中占用至少五个符号,以及上述至少五个符号中存在两个符号,这两个符号的符号间间隔不大于两个符号。In the time domain, the reference signal occupies at least five symbols in each occupied subframe, and there are two symbols in the at least five symbols, and the intersymbol spacing between the two symbols is not more than two symbols.
其中,参考信号在占用的每一个子帧中占用至少五个符号,可保证参考信号的接收设备能够获取足够的参考信号资源进行频率偏差估计,并且也能够保证在通信设备高速移动、信道快变化的情况下,在单位时间能获取更多的参考信号,从而根据参考信号进行信道估计的结果更准确。The reference signal occupies at least five symbols in each occupied subframe, which can ensure that the receiving device of the reference signal can obtain sufficient reference signal resources for frequency offset estimation, and can also ensure high-speed movement and fast channel change in the communication device. In the case where more reference signals can be acquired per unit time, the result of channel estimation based on the reference signal is more accurate.
其中,上述至少五个符号中存在两个符号,这两个符号的符号间间隔不大于两个符号,是为了保证能够正确估计较大的频率偏差值。包含参考信号的两个符号之间的间隔越大,参考信号的接收设备能够准确估计的频率偏差值越小。Wherein, there are two symbols in the at least five symbols, and the interval between the symbols of the two symbols is not more than two symbols, in order to ensure that a large frequency deviation value can be correctly estimated. The larger the interval between the two symbols including the reference signal, the smaller the frequency deviation value that the receiving device of the reference signal can accurately estimate.
因此,参考信号的上述设计可保证相互通信的设备之间的频率偏差值较大的情况下,接收设备通过上述设计的参考信号估计频率偏差时并做出相应的校正,从而保证设备之间的正常通信。Therefore, the above design of the reference signal can ensure that the frequency deviation value between the devices communicating with each other is large, and the receiving device estimates the frequency deviation through the reference signal of the above design and corrects accordingly, thereby ensuring the between devices. Normal communication.
结合第一方面、第三方面或第五方面,在第一种可能的实现方式中,参考信号的发送设备在生成所述参考信号之前,根据所述参考信号的发送设备同步到的同步源的类型和/或所述参考信号的发送设备的移动速度,确定所述参考信号为所述第一类参考信号。With reference to the first aspect, the third aspect, or the fifth aspect, in a first possible implementation, the transmitting device of the reference signal is synchronized with the synchronization source according to the sending device of the reference signal before generating the reference signal The type and/or the moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal determines that the reference signal is the first type of reference signal.
该可能的实现方式中,可根据发送设备的同步源的类型和/或发送设备的移动速度,确定参考信号的类型,可实现灵活设置参考信号的类型。In this possible implementation, the type of the reference signal may be determined according to the type of the synchronization source of the transmitting device and/or the moving speed of the transmitting device, and the type of the reference signal may be flexibly set.
结合上述第一种可能的实现方式,在第二种可能的实现方式中,In combination with the first possible implementation manner described above, in a second possible implementation manner,
若所述参考信号的发送设备同步到的同步源的类型为同步精度低于精度阈值的同步源,或所述参考信号的发送设备的移动速度高于移动速度阈值,则参考信号的发送设备确定所述参考信号为所述第一类参考信号。And if the type of the synchronization source to which the transmitting device of the reference signal is synchronized is a synchronization source whose synchronization precision is lower than the precision threshold, or the moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal is higher than the moving speed threshold, the transmitting device of the reference signal determines The reference signal is the first type of reference signal.
该可能的实现方式中,当发送设备同步的同步源精度较低,或者发送设备的移动速度较高时,可确定参考信号为第一类参考信号,由于第一类参考
信号在时域上具有较大的时域密度,且接收设备可依据第一类参考信号可估计的频率偏差值较大,因此采用第一类参考信号可提高接收设备的接收性能。In the possible implementation manner, when the synchronization source synchronization of the transmitting device is low, or the moving speed of the transmitting device is high, the reference signal may be determined to be the first type reference signal, because the first type reference
The signal has a large time domain density in the time domain, and the receiving device can estimate the frequency deviation value according to the first type of reference signal, so that the first type of reference signal can improve the receiving performance of the receiving device.
结合上述任一方面,以及任一方面的任一种可能的实现方式中,在第三种可能的实现方式中,With reference to any of the foregoing aspects, and any possible implementation of any of the aspects, in a third possible implementation manner,
在所述子帧的每一个时隙中,所述第一类参考信号占用至少两个符号。The first type of reference signal occupies at least two symbols in each time slot of the subframe.
保证了接收设备能够正确估计较大的频率偏差值。包含参考信号的两个符号之间的间隔越大,参考信号的接收设备能够准确估计的频率偏差值越小。It ensures that the receiving device can correctly estimate the large frequency deviation value. The larger the interval between the two symbols including the reference signal, the smaller the frequency deviation value that the receiving device of the reference signal can accurately estimate.
结合上述任一方面,以及任一方面的任一种可能的实现方式中,在第四种可能的实现方式中,With reference to any of the above aspects, and any possible implementation of any of the aspects, in a fourth possible implementation,
在频域上,在所述第一类参考信号占用的每一个资源单元中,所述参考信号占用不连续的多个子载波。In the frequency domain, in each resource unit occupied by the first type of reference signal, the reference signal occupies a plurality of discontinuous subcarriers.
在参考信号占用的每一个资源单元中,参考信号占用不连续的多个子载波,节省了参考信号占用的物理资源,提高数据传输效率,在频域上。In each resource unit occupied by the reference signal, the reference signal occupies a plurality of discontinuous subcarriers, which saves physical resources occupied by the reference signal and improves data transmission efficiency in the frequency domain.
结合上述任一方面,以及任一方面的任一种可能的实现方式中,在第五种可能的实现方式中,With reference to any of the foregoing aspects, and any possible implementation of any of the aspects, in a fifth possible implementation manner,
在频域上,在所述第一类参考信号占用的每一个资源单元中,所述第一类参考信号占用至少三个子载波。In the frequency domain, in each resource unit occupied by the first type of reference signal, the first type of reference signal occupies at least three subcarriers.
在一个资源单元中参考信号占用至少3个子载波,该值的选择同时考虑了时域上参考信号密度的要求和信道估计的性能要求。The reference signal occupies at least 3 subcarriers in one resource unit, and the selection of the value takes into account both the reference signal density requirement in the time domain and the performance requirement of the channel estimation.
结合上述任一方面,以及任一方面的任一种可能的实现方式中,在第六种可能的实现方式中,在时域上,在所述第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中,所述第一参考信号占用的符号数小于该子帧中的可用于传输数据的符号数。In combination with any of the foregoing aspects, and any possible implementation of any of the foregoing, in a sixth possible implementation, in a time domain, in each subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal The number of symbols occupied by the first reference signal is less than the number of symbols in the subframe that can be used to transmit data.
结合上述任一方面,以及任一方面的任一种可能的实现方式中,在第七种可能的实现方式中,在时域上,在所述第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中的每一个时隙中,所述参考信号占用相邻的多个符号。With reference to any of the foregoing aspects, and any possible implementation of any of the foregoing, in a seventh possible implementation, in a time domain, in each subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal In each time slot, the reference signal occupies adjacent symbols.
如前所述,包含参考信号的两个符号之间的间隔越大,参考信号的接收
设备能够准确估计的频率偏差值越小,因此,在参考信号占用的每一个子帧中的每一个时隙中,参考信号占用相邻的多个符号,可保证接收设备对每个时隙的频率偏差值的估计性能。As mentioned earlier, the greater the interval between two symbols containing the reference signal, the reception of the reference signal
The smaller the frequency deviation value that the device can accurately estimate, therefore, in each time slot in each subframe occupied by the reference signal, the reference signal occupies a plurality of adjacent symbols, and the receiving device can ensure the time slot of each time slot. Estimated performance of frequency deviation values.
结合上述第七种可能的实现方式中,在第八种可能的实现方式中,在所述第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中的每一个时隙中,所述第一类参考信号分别占用两组符号,每一组符号包括相邻的多个符号。In combination with the foregoing seventh possible implementation manner, in an eighth possible implementation manner, the first type of reference signal is used in each time slot in each subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal Each of the two sets of symbols is occupied, and each set of symbols includes a plurality of adjacent symbols.
这样能够保证接收设备在每一个时隙中对频率偏差值估计的性能。并且能够保证在任何一个时隙中有最大频率偏差值,且通信设备高速移动的场景下,即使信噪比较低,也能够具有较好的信道估计和频率偏差值估计的性能,参考信号占用的符号数越多,接收设备在进行信道估计时对噪声的抑制能力越强,并且频率偏差值的估计能力越强。This ensures the performance of the receiving device in estimating the frequency offset value in each time slot. And it can ensure that the maximum frequency deviation value in any one time slot, and the communication device moves at a high speed, even if the signal to noise ratio is low, the channel estimation and the frequency deviation value estimation performance can be better, and the reference signal is occupied. The more the number of symbols, the stronger the ability of the receiving device to suppress noise when performing channel estimation, and the stronger the ability to estimate the frequency offset value.
结合上述任一方面,及任一方面的第一至第六种可能的实现方式中的任一种,在第九种可能的实现方式中,In combination with any of the above aspects, and any one of the first to sixth possible implementations of any of the aspects, in a ninth possible implementation,
若所述第一类参考信号占用的子帧为正常CP子帧,则所述第一类参考信号在占用的子帧中的一个时隙中占用的符号包括:If the subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal is a normal CP subframe, the symbols occupied by the first type of reference signal in one slot of the occupied subframe include:
符号0,符号1,符号4,符号5,或者 Symbol 0, symbol 1, symbol 4, symbol 5, or
符号0,符号1,符号3,符号4,或者 Symbol 0, symbol 1, symbol 3, symbol 4, or
符号1,符号2,符号4,符号5,或者 Symbol 1, symbol 2, symbol 4, symbol 5, or
符号1,符号2,符号5,符号6; Symbol 1, symbol 2, symbol 5, symbol 6;
若所述第一类参考信号占用的子帧为正常CP子帧,则所述第一类参考信号在占用的子帧中的一个时隙中占用的符号包括:If the subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal is a normal CP subframe, the symbols occupied by the first type of reference signal in one slot of the occupied subframe include:
符号0,符号1,符号4,符号5,或者 Symbol 0, symbol 1, symbol 4, symbol 5, or
符号0,符号1,符号3,符号4,或者 Symbol 0, symbol 1, symbol 3, symbol 4, or
符号1,符号2,符号4,符号5,或者 Symbol 1, symbol 2, symbol 4, symbol 5, or
符号0,符号2,符号3,符号5。 Symbol 0, symbol 2, symbol 3, symbol 5.
结合上述任一方面,以及任一方面的任一种可能的实现方式中,在第十种可能的实现方式中,
In combination with any of the above aspects, and any one of the possible implementations of any of the aspects, in a tenth possible implementation,
所述第一类参考信号占用的子帧包括:同步子帧和/或非同步子帧;所述同步子帧中包括同步信号,所述非同步子帧中不包括同步信号。The subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal includes: a synchronization subframe and/or a non-synchronization subframe; the synchronization subframe includes a synchronization signal, and the synchronization subframe does not include a synchronization signal.
结合上述任一方面,以及任一方面的任一种可能的实现方式中,在第十一种可能的实现方式中,In combination with any of the above aspects, and any one of the possible implementations of any of the aspects, in an eleventh possible implementation manner,
所述参考信号的发送设备和所述参考信号的接收设备均为终端设备;或The transmitting device of the reference signal and the receiving device of the reference signal are both terminal devices; or
所述参考信号的发送设备为终端设备,所述参考信号的接收设备为网络设备;The sending device of the reference signal is a terminal device, and the receiving device of the reference signal is a network device;
所述参考信号的发送设备为网络设备,所述参考信号的接收设备为终端设备;或The transmitting device of the reference signal is a network device, and the receiving device of the reference signal is a terminal device; or
所述参考信号的发送设备和所述参考信号的接收设备均为网络设备;The transmitting device of the reference signal and the receiving device of the reference signal are both network devices;
结合上述第十一种可能的实现方式,在第十二种可能的实现方式中,所述网络设备包括基站,所述终端设备包括用户设备UE或路侧单元RSU。In conjunction with the foregoing eleventh possible implementation manner, in a twelfth possible implementation, the network device includes a base station, where the terminal device includes a user equipment UE or a roadside unit RSU.
结合上述任一方面,以及任一方面的任一种可能的实现方式中,在第十三种可能的实现方式中,In combination with any of the above aspects, and any one of the possible implementations of any of the aspects, in a thirteenth possible implementation manner,
在所述第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中,最后一个符号为空符号GAP。In each subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal, the last symbol is an empty symbol GAP.
结合上述任一方面,以及任一方面的任一种可能的实现方式中,在第十四种可能的实现方式中,With reference to any of the above aspects, and any possible implementation of any of the aspects, in a fourteenth possible implementation manner,
所述第一类参考信号为同一个天线端口发送的参考信号。The first type of reference signal is a reference signal transmitted by the same antenna port.
第六方面,本申请提供一种功率指示信息的发送设备,包括:In a sixth aspect, the application provides a sending device for power indication information, including:
处理模块,用于获取第一信号的第一发射功率值;a processing module, configured to acquire a first transmit power value of the first signal;
发送模块,用于在所述处理模块获取的所述第一发射功率值大于发射功率阈值时,向所述第一信号的接收设备发送第一功率指示信息,所述第一功率指示信息用于指示:a sending module, configured to send first power indication information to the receiving device of the first signal when the first transmit power value acquired by the processing module is greater than a transmit power threshold, where the first power indication information is used Instructions:
所述第一发射功率值大于所述发射功率阈值;或The first transmit power value is greater than the transmit power threshold; or
所述第一发射功率值与第二信号的第二发射功率值之间的功率偏差值;或
a power deviation value between the first transmit power value and a second transmit power value of the second signal; or
所述第一发射功率值与所述第二发射功率值之间存在功率偏差;或a power deviation between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value; or
所述第一发射功率值;The first transmit power value;
所述第一信号用于承载不包括参考信号的符号中数据,所述第二信号为所述第一信号所在子帧中包括所述参考信号的符号中的所述参考信号;或The first signal is used to carry data in a symbol that does not include a reference signal, and the second signal is the reference signal in a symbol including the reference signal in a subframe in which the first signal is located; or
所述第一信号用于承载包括所述参考信号的符号中的数据,所述第二信号为该符号中的所述参考信号。The first signal is for carrying data in a symbol including the reference signal, and the second signal is the reference signal in the symbol.
第七方面,本申请提供一种功率指示信息的接收设备,包括:In a seventh aspect, the application provides a receiving device for power indication information, including:
接收模块,用于接收第一信号的发送设备发送的第一功率指示信息,所述第一功率指示信息用于指示:所述第一信号的第一发射功率值大于所述发射功率阈值;或所述第一发射功率值与第二信号的第二发射功率值之间的功率偏差值;或所述第一发射功率值与所述第二发射功率值之间存在功率偏差;或所述第一发射功率值;a receiving module, configured to receive first power indication information that is sent by the sending device of the first signal, where the first power indication information is used to indicate that: the first transmit power value of the first signal is greater than the transmit power threshold; or a power deviation value between the first transmit power value and a second transmit power value of the second signal; or a power offset between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value; or the a transmit power value;
处理模块,用于根据所述第一功率指示信息,确定所述第一发射功率值与第二信号的第二发射功率值之间存在功率偏差;a processing module, configured to determine, according to the first power indication information, that there is a power deviation between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value of the second signal;
确定所述功率偏差值,并根据确定的所述功率偏差值解调所述第一信号中的数据或所述第一信号所在子帧中的数据;Determining the power deviation value, and demodulating data in the first signal or data in a subframe in which the first signal is located according to the determined power deviation value;
其中,所述第一信号用于承载不包括参考信号的符号中数据,所述第二信号为所述第一信号所在子帧中包括所述参考信号的符号中的所述参考信号;或The first signal is used to carry data in a symbol that does not include a reference signal, and the second signal is the reference signal in a symbol that includes the reference signal in a subframe in which the first signal is located; or
所述第一信号用于承载包括所述参考信号的符号中的数据,所述第二信号为该符号中的所述参考信号。The first signal is for carrying data in a symbol including the reference signal, and the second signal is the reference signal in the symbol.
第八方面,本申请提供一种功率指示信息的发送方法,包括:In an eighth aspect, the application provides a method for sending power indication information, including:
获取第一信号的第一发射功率值;Obtaining a first transmit power value of the first signal;
若获取的所述第一发射功率值大于发射功率阈值,则向所述第一信号的接收设备发送第一功率指示信息,所述第一功率指示信息用于指示:If the obtained first transmit power value is greater than the transmit power threshold, send the first power indication information to the receiving device of the first signal, where the first power indication information is used to indicate:
所述第一发射功率值大于所述发射功率阈值;或The first transmit power value is greater than the transmit power threshold; or
所述第一发射功率值与第二信号的第二发射功率值之间的功率偏差值;
或a power deviation value between the first transmit power value and a second transmit power value of the second signal;
or
所述第一发射功率值与所述第二发射功率值之间存在功率偏差;或a power deviation between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value; or
所述第一发射功率值;The first transmit power value;
所述第一信号用于承载不包括参考信号的符号中数据,所述第二信号为所述第一信号所在子帧中包括所述参考信号的符号中的所述参考信号;或The first signal is used to carry data in a symbol that does not include a reference signal, and the second signal is the reference signal in a symbol including the reference signal in a subframe in which the first signal is located; or
所述第一信号用于承载包括所述参考信号的符号中的数据,所述第二信号为该符号中的所述参考信号。The first signal is for carrying data in a symbol including the reference signal, and the second signal is the reference signal in the symbol.
第九方面,本申请提供一种功率指示信息的接收方法,包括:In a ninth aspect, the application provides a method for receiving power indication information, including:
接收第一信号的发送设备发送的第一功率指示信息,所述第一功率指示信息用于指示:所述第一信号的第一发射功率值大于所述发射功率阈值;或所述第一发射功率值与第二信号的第二发射功率值之间的功率偏差值;或所述第一发射功率值与所述第二发射功率值之间存在功率偏差;或所述第一发射功率值;a first power indication information that is sent by the sending device that receives the first signal, where the first power indication information is used to indicate that: the first transmit power value of the first signal is greater than the transmit power threshold; or the first transmit a power deviation value between the power value and a second transmission power value of the second signal; or a power deviation between the first transmission power value and the second transmission power value; or the first transmission power value;
根据所述第一功率指示信息,确定所述第一发射功率值与第二信号的第二发射功率值之间存在功率偏差;Determining, according to the first power indication information, that there is a power deviation between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value of the second signal;
确定所述功率偏差值,并根据确定的所述功率偏差值解调所述第一信号中的数据或所述第一信号所在子帧中的数据;Determining the power deviation value, and demodulating data in the first signal or data in a subframe in which the first signal is located according to the determined power deviation value;
其中,所述第一信号用于承载不包括参考信号的符号中数据,所述第二信号为所述第一信号所在子帧中包括所述参考信号的符号中的所述参考信号;或The first signal is used to carry data in a symbol that does not include a reference signal, and the second signal is the reference signal in a symbol that includes the reference signal in a subframe in which the first signal is located; or
所述第一信号用于承载包括所述参考信号的符号中的数据,所述第二信号为该符号中的所述参考信号。The first signal is for carrying data in a symbol including the reference signal, and the second signal is the reference signal in the symbol.
第十方面,本申请提供一种无线通信系统,包括:In a tenth aspect, the application provides a wireless communication system, including:
发送设备,用于在第一信号的第一发射功率值大于发射功率阈值时,向接收设备发送第一功率指示信息,所述第一功率指示信息用于指示:所述第一发射功率值大于所述发射功率阈值;或所述第一发射功率值与第二信号的第二发射功率值之间的功率偏差值;或所述第一发射功率值与所述第二发射
功率值之间存在功率偏差;或所述第一发射功率值;The sending device is configured to: when the first transmit power value of the first signal is greater than the transmit power threshold, send the first power indication information to the receiving device, where the first power indication information is used to indicate that the first transmit power value is greater than a transmit power threshold; or a power offset value between the first transmit power value and a second transmit power value of the second signal; or the first transmit power value and the second transmit
There is a power deviation between the power values; or the first transmit power value;
所述接收设备,用于接收所述发送设备发送的所述第一功率指示信息,并根据所述第一功率指示信息,确定所述第一发射功率值与第二信号的第二发射功率值之间存在功率偏差,以及确定所述功率偏差值,并根据确定的所述功率偏差值解调所述第一信号中的数据或所述第一信号所在子帧中的数据;The receiving device is configured to receive the first power indication information sent by the sending device, and determine, according to the first power indication information, the first transmit power value and a second transmit power value of the second signal There is a power deviation between the power deviation, and determining the power deviation value, and demodulating the data in the first signal or the data in the subframe in which the first signal is located according to the determined power deviation value;
其中,所述第一信号用于承载不包括参考信号的符号中数据,所述第二信号为所述第一信号所在子帧中包括所述参考信号的符号中的所述参考信号;或The first signal is used to carry data in a symbol that does not include a reference signal, and the second signal is the reference signal in a symbol that includes the reference signal in a subframe in which the first signal is located; or
所述第一信号用于承载包括所述参考信号的符号中的数据,所述第二信号为该符号中的所述参考信号。The first signal is for carrying data in a symbol including the reference signal, and the second signal is the reference signal in the symbol.
在上述第六方面至第十方面中的任一方面,针对参考信号的峰值平均功率比(Peak to Average Power Ratio,PAPR)通常比数据的PAPR高所导致的问题,发送设备将待发送数据的发射功率值过高的情况通知接收设备,当接收设备获知该情况后,在解调数据时进行相应的处理,以保证数据解调的性能。In any of the above sixth to tenth aspects, the problem that the Peak to Average Power Ratio (PAPR) of the reference signal is generally higher than the PAPR of the data, the transmitting device will transmit data to be transmitted. When the transmitting power value is too high, the receiving device is notified. When the receiving device knows the situation, the corresponding processing is performed when demodulating the data to ensure the performance of the data demodulation.
结合上述第六方面至第十方面中的任一方面,在第一种可能的实现方式中,第一信号的发送设备在所述第一发射功率值不大于所述发射功率阈值时,向第一信号的接收设备发送第二功率指示信息,所述第二功率指示信息用于指示:With reference to any one of the sixth aspect to the tenth aspect, in a first possible implementation, the sending device of the first signal, when the first transmit power value is not greater than the transmit power threshold, The receiving device of the signal sends the second power indication information, where the second power indication information is used to indicate:
所述第一发射功率值不大于所述发射功率阈值;或The first transmit power value is not greater than the transmit power threshold; or
所述第一发射功率值与所述第二发射功率值之间不存在功率偏差;或There is no power deviation between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value; or
所述第一发射功率值。The first transmit power value.
结合上述第六方面至第十方面中的任一方面,及任一方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第二种可能的实现方式中,With reference to any of the sixth aspect to the tenth aspect, and the first possible implementation of any aspect, in a second possible implementation manner,
第一信号的发送设备或接收设备根据下列信息中的至少一项,确定所述功率偏差值:
The transmitting device or the receiving device of the first signal determines the power deviation value according to at least one of the following information:
所述参考信号映射到物理资源上的映射方式;Mapping the reference signal to a mapping manner on a physical resource;
所述参考信号所在子帧中数据的调制方式;a modulation mode of data in a subframe in which the reference signal is located;
所述参考信号所在子帧中数据的多载波方式;a multi-carrier mode of data in a subframe in which the reference signal is located;
系统带宽;System bandwidth
所述参考信号所在子帧中数据占用的带宽。The bandwidth occupied by the data in the subframe in which the reference signal is located.
第十一方面,本申请提供一种发射功率调整设备,包括:In an eleventh aspect, the application provides a transmission power adjustment apparatus, including:
功率值获取模块,用于获取第一信号的第一发射功率值;a power value obtaining module, configured to acquire a first transmit power value of the first signal;
所述第一信号用于承载不包括参考信号的符号中数据,所述第二信号为所述第一信号所在子帧中包括所述参考信号的符号中的所述参考信号;或所述第一信号用于承载包括所述参考信号的符号中的数据,所述第二信号为该符号中的所述参考信号;The first signal is used to carry data in a symbol that does not include a reference signal, and the second signal is the reference signal in a symbol including the reference signal in a subframe in which the first signal is located; or the a signal for carrying data in a symbol including the reference signal, the second signal being the reference signal in the symbol;
功率调整模块,用于在所述功率值获取模块获取的所述第一发射功率值大于发射功率阈值时,进行如下功率调整:将所述第一信号的发射功率减小功率调整量,以及将所述第二信号的发射功率减小所述功率调整量或保持所述第二信号的发射功率不变。a power adjustment module, configured to: when the first transmit power value acquired by the power value acquisition module is greater than a transmit power threshold, perform power adjustment: reduce a transmit power of the first signal by a power adjustment amount, and The transmit power of the second signal decreases the power adjustment amount or keeps the transmit power of the second signal unchanged.
第十二方面,本申请提供一种发射功率调整方法,包括:In a twelfth aspect, the present application provides a method for adjusting a transmit power, including:
获取第一信号的第一发射功率值;Obtaining a first transmit power value of the first signal;
所述第一信号用于承载不包括参考信号的符号中数据,所述第二信号为所述第一信号所在子帧中包括所述参考信号的符号中的所述参考信号;或The first signal is used to carry data in a symbol that does not include a reference signal, and the second signal is the reference signal in a symbol including the reference signal in a subframe in which the first signal is located; or
所述第一信号用于承载包括所述参考信号的符号中的数据,所述第二信号为该符号中的所述参考信号;The first signal is used to carry data in a symbol including the reference signal, and the second signal is the reference signal in the symbol;
若获取的所述第一发射功率值大于发射功率阈值,则进行如下功率调整:将所述第一信号的发射功率减小功率调整量,以及将所述第二信号的发射功率减小所述功率调整量或保持所述第二信号的发射功率不变。If the obtained first transmit power value is greater than the transmit power threshold, performing power adjustment: reducing a transmit power of the first signal by a power adjustment amount, and reducing a transmit power of the second signal by the The power adjustment amount or the transmission power of the second signal is kept constant.
上述本申请的第十一方面和第十二方面,针对参考信号的PAPR通常比数据的PAPR高所导致的问题,发送设备获取待发送数据的发射功率值,若获取的功率值过高,则进行发射功率调整,以避免发射机发射功率饱和,从
而保证接收设备的数据解调性能。In the eleventh and twelfth aspects of the present application, for the problem that the PAPR of the reference signal is generally higher than the PAPR of the data, the transmitting device acquires the transmit power value of the data to be transmitted, and if the acquired power value is too high, Perform transmit power adjustment to avoid transmitter transmit power saturation, from
The data demodulation performance of the receiving device is guaranteed.
结合上述第十一方面或第十二方面,在第一种可能的实现方式中,In combination with the eleventh aspect or the twelfth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner,
发送设备在进行功率调整之前根据下列信息中的至少一项,确定所述功率调整量:The transmitting device determines the power adjustment amount according to at least one of the following information before performing power adjustment:
所述参考信号映射到物理资源上的映射方式、所述参考信号所在子帧中数据的调制方式、所述参考信号所在子帧中数据的多载波方式、系统带宽和所述参考信号所在子帧中数据占用的带宽。a mapping manner of the reference signal to the physical resource, a modulation mode of the data in the subframe where the reference signal is located, a multi-carrier mode of the data in the subframe where the reference signal is located, a system bandwidth, and a subframe where the reference signal is located The bandwidth occupied by the data.
第十三方面,本申请提供一种参考信号的发送设备,包括:In a thirteenth aspect, the application provides a reference signal sending device, including:
处理模块,用于根据所述发送设备同步到的同步源的类型和/或所述参考信号的发送设备的移动速度,确定所述参考信号为所述第一类参考信号或第二类参考信号;以及生成所述参考信号;a processing module, configured to determine, according to a type of the synchronization source to which the sending device is synchronized and/or a moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal, the reference signal is the first type reference signal or the second type reference signal And generating the reference signal;
发送模块,用于将所述处理模块生成的所述参考信号发送出去;a sending module, configured to send the reference signal generated by the processing module;
所述第一类参考信号在一个子帧中占用的符号数比所述第二类参考信号在一个子帧中占用的符号数多。The first type of reference signal occupies more symbols in one subframe than the second type of reference signal occupies in one subframe.
第十四方面,本申请提供一种参考信号的接收设备,In a fourteenth aspect, the present application provides a receiving device for a reference signal,
处理模块,用于确定参考信号的发送设备发送的所述参考信号的类型,所述参考信号的类型包括:第一类参考信号或第二类参考信号;a processing module, configured to determine a type of the reference signal sent by a sending device of the reference signal, where the type of the reference signal includes: a first type of reference signal or a second type of reference signal;
接收模块,用于按照确定的所述参考信号的类型接收所述参考信号;a receiving module, configured to receive the reference signal according to the determined type of the reference signal;
所述处理模块还用于:对所述接收模块接收的所述参考信号进行信号处理;The processing module is further configured to: perform signal processing on the reference signal received by the receiving module;
所述第一类参考信号在一个子帧中占用的符号数比所述第二类参考信号在一个子帧中占用的符号数多。The first type of reference signal occupies more symbols in one subframe than the second type of reference signal occupies in one subframe.
第十五方面,本申请提供一种参考信号的发送方法,包括:In a fifteenth aspect, the application provides a method for transmitting a reference signal, including:
根据参考信号的发送设备同步到的同步源的类型和/或所述参考信号的发送设备的移动速度,确定所述参考信号为第一类参考信号或第二类参考信号;Determining, according to a type of the synchronization source to which the transmitting device of the reference signal is synchronized and/or a moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal, the reference signal is a first type of reference signal or a second type of reference signal;
生成所述参考信号;Generating the reference signal;
将生成的所述参考信号发送出去;
Transmitting the generated reference signal;
所述第一类参考信号在一个子帧中占用的符号数比所述第二类参考信号在一个子帧中占用的符号数多。The first type of reference signal occupies more symbols in one subframe than the second type of reference signal occupies in one subframe.
第十六方面,本申请提供一种参考信号的接收方法,In a sixteenth aspect, the present application provides a method for receiving a reference signal,
确定参考信号的发送设备发送的所述参考信号的类型,所述参考信号的类型包括:第一类参考信号或第二类参考信号;Determining a type of the reference signal sent by a transmitting device of the reference signal, the type of the reference signal comprising: a first type of reference signal or a second type of reference signal;
按照确定的所述参考信号的类型接收所述参考信号;Receiving the reference signal according to the determined type of the reference signal;
对接收的所述参考信号进行信号处理;Performing signal processing on the received reference signal;
所述第一类参考信号在一个子帧中占用的符号数比所述第二类参考信号在一个子帧中占用的符号数多。The first type of reference signal occupies more symbols in one subframe than the second type of reference signal occupies in one subframe.
第十七方面,本申请提供一种无线通信系统,包括:In a seventeenth aspect, the application provides a wireless communication system, including:
发送设备,用于根据所述发送设备同步到的同步源的类型和/或所述发送设备的移动速度,确定待发送的参考信号为第一类参考信号或第二类参考信号,生成所述参考信号,并将生成的所述参考信号发送出去;a sending device, configured to determine, according to a type of the synchronization source to which the sending device is synchronized, and/or a moving speed of the sending device, a reference signal to be sent as a first type reference signal or a second type reference signal, to generate the Reference a signal and transmitting the generated reference signal;
接收设备,用于确定所述参考信号的类型,并按照确定的所述参考信号的类型接收所述参考信号,以及对接收的所述参考信号进行信号处理;a receiving device, configured to determine a type of the reference signal, and receive the reference signal according to the determined type of the reference signal, and perform signal processing on the received reference signal;
所述第一类参考信号在一个子帧中占用的符号数比所述第二类参考信号在一个子帧中占用的符号数多。The first type of reference signal occupies more symbols in one subframe than the second type of reference signal occupies in one subframe.
该可能的实现方式中,可根据发送设备的同步源的类型和/或发送设备的移动速度,确定参考信号的类型,可实现灵活设置参考信号的类型。In this possible implementation, the type of the reference signal may be determined according to the type of the synchronization source of the transmitting device and/or the moving speed of the transmitting device, and the type of the reference signal may be flexibly set.
结合上述第十三方面至第十五方面中的任一方面,在第一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理模块具体用于:In conjunction with any of the thirteenth aspect to the fifteenth aspect, in the first possible implementation, the processing module is specifically configured to:
若所述参考信号的发送设备同步到的同步源的类型为同步精度低于精度阈值的同步源,或所述参考信号的发送设备的移动速度高于移动速度阈值,则确定所述参考信号为所述第一类参考信号;If the type of the synchronization source to which the transmitting device of the reference signal is synchronized is a synchronization source whose synchronization precision is lower than the precision threshold, or the moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal is higher than the moving speed threshold, determining that the reference signal is The first type of reference signal;
若所述参考信号的发送设备同步到的同步源的类型为同步精度不低于所述精度阈值的同步源,且所述参考信号的发送设备的移动速度不高于所述移动速度阈值,则确定所述参考信号为所述第二类参考信号。
If the type of the synchronization source to which the transmitting device of the reference signal is synchronized is a synchronization source whose synchronization accuracy is not lower than the precision threshold, and the moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal is not higher than the moving speed threshold, then Determining the reference signal as the second type of reference signal.
该可能的实现方式中,当发送设备同步的同步源精度较低,或者发送设备的移动速度较高时,可确定参考信号为第一类参考信号,由于第一类参考信号在时域上具有较大的时域密度,且接收设备可依据第一类参考信号可估计的频率偏差值较大,因此采用第一类参考信号可提高接收设备的接收性能。In the possible implementation manner, when the synchronization source of the transmitting device synchronizes with low precision, or the moving speed of the transmitting device is high, the reference signal may be determined to be the first type of reference signal, because the first type of reference signal has a time domain. The time domain density is large, and the receiving device can estimate the frequency deviation value according to the first type of reference signal, so that the first type of reference signal can improve the receiving performance of the receiving device.
图1为目前长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统中,包括解调参考信号(DeModulation Reference Signal,DMRS)符号的子帧的示意图;1 is a schematic diagram of a subframe including a DeModulation Reference Signal (DMRS) symbol in a current Long Term Evolution (LTE) system;
图2为发射功率饱和的示意图;2 is a schematic diagram of transmission power saturation;
图3A为本申请适用的无线通信系统的一种架构的示意图;3A is a schematic diagram of an architecture of a wireless communication system to which the present application is applied;
图3B为本申请适用的无线通信系统的另一种架构的示意图;3B is a schematic diagram of another architecture of a wireless communication system to which the present application is applied;
图3C为本申请适用的车联网系统的一种架构的示意图;3C is a schematic diagram of an architecture of a vehicle networking system to which the present application is applied;
图4为包括同步源的车联网系统的架构示意图;4 is a schematic structural diagram of a vehicle networking system including a synchronization source;
图5为本申请实施例一提供的无线通信系统的结构示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless communication system according to Embodiment 1 of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例一中,发送设备生成并发送参考信号的可选过程的示意图;6 is a schematic diagram of an optional process for a transmitting device to generate and transmit a reference signal according to Embodiment 1 of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例一中,接收设备接收并处理参考信号的可选过程的示意图;7 is a schematic diagram of an optional process for a receiving device to receive and process a reference signal according to Embodiment 1 of the present application;
图8A~图8P为本申请实施例二提供的参考信号可选映射方式的示意图;8A to FIG. 8P are schematic diagrams showing an optional mapping manner of a reference signal according to Embodiment 2 of the present application;
图9A~图9D为本申请实施例三提供的参考信号可选映射方式的示意图;9A-9D are schematic diagrams of a reference signal alternative mapping manner provided by Embodiment 3 of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例四提供的发送设备和接收设备之间的交互流程的流程图;10 is a flowchart of an interaction process between a sending device and a receiving device according to Embodiment 4 of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例五提供的发送设备处理流程的流程图;FIG. 11 is a flowchart of a processing procedure of a sending device according to Embodiment 5 of the present application;
图12为本申请实施例六提供的发送设备和接收设备之间的交互流程的流程图;FIG. 12 is a flowchart of an interaction process between a sending device and a receiving device according to Embodiment 6 of the present application;
图13为本申请实施例七提供的第一种参考信号发送设备的结构示意图;FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a first reference signal sending apparatus according to Embodiment 7 of the present application;
图14为本申请实施例八提供的第二种参考信号发送设备的结构示意图;
FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a second reference signal sending apparatus according to Embodiment 8 of the present application;
图15为本申请实施例九提供的第一种参考信号接收设备的结构示意图;15 is a schematic structural diagram of a first reference signal receiving apparatus according to Embodiment 9 of the present application;
图16为本申请实施例十提供的第一种参考信号接收设备的结构示意图;16 is a schematic structural diagram of a first reference signal receiving apparatus according to Embodiment 10 of the present application;
图17为本申请实施例十一提供的第一种功率指示信息的发送设备的结构示意图;FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a first device for transmitting power indication information according to Embodiment 11 of the present application;
图18为本申请实施例十二提供的第二种功率指示信息的发送设备的结构示意图;FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a second device for transmitting power indication information according to Embodiment 12 of the present application;
图19为本申请实施例十三提供的第一种功率指示信息的接收设备的结构示意图;FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a first receiving apparatus for power indication information according to Embodiment 13 of the present application;
图20为本申请实施例十四提供的第二种功率指示信息的接收设备的结构示意图;20 is a schematic structural diagram of a second receiving apparatus for power indication information according to Embodiment 14 of the present application;
图21为本申请实施例十五提供的第一种发射功率调整设备的结构示意图;FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a first transmit power adjustment apparatus according to Embodiment 15 of the present application;
图22为本申请实施例十六提供的第二种发送功率调整设备的结构示意图;FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of a second transmission power adjustment apparatus according to Embodiment 16 of the present application;
图23为本申请实施例十七提供的第三种参考信号发送设备的结构示意图;23 is a schematic structural diagram of a third reference signal transmitting apparatus according to Embodiment 17 of the present application;
图24为本申请实施例十八提供的第三种参考信号接收设备的结构示意图;24 is a schematic structural diagram of a third reference signal receiving apparatus according to Embodiment 18 of the present application;
图25为本申请实施例十九提供的第一种参考信号发送方法的流程图;25 is a flowchart of a first method for transmitting a reference signal according to Embodiment 19 of the present application;
图26为本申请实施例二十提供的第一种参考信号接收方法的流程图;26 is a flowchart of a first reference signal receiving method according to Embodiment 20 of the present application;
图27为本申请实施例二十一提供的功率指示信息的发送方法的流程图;FIG. 27 is a flowchart of a method for transmitting power indication information according to Embodiment 21 of the present application;
图28为本申请实施例二十二提供的功率指示信息的接收方法的流程图;28 is a flowchart of a method for receiving power indication information according to Embodiment 22 of the present application;
图29为本申请实施例二十三提供的发射功率调整方法的流程图;29 is a flowchart of a method for adjusting a transmit power provided in Embodiment 23 of the present application;
图30为本申请实施例二十四提供的第二种参考信号发送方法的流程图;30 is a flowchart of a second method for transmitting a reference signal according to Embodiment 24 of the present application;
图31为本申请实施例二十五提供的发射功率调整方法的流程图;FIG. 31 is a flowchart of a method for adjusting transmit power provided by Embodiment 25 of the present application;
图32为本申请实施例二十六提供的第二种参考信号发送方法的流程图;32 is a flowchart of a second method for transmitting a reference signal according to Embodiment 26 of the present application;
图33为本申请实施例二十七提供的第二种参考信号接收方法的流程图。
FIG. 33 is a flowchart of a second method for receiving a reference signal according to Embodiment 27 of the present application.
为了更好地理解本申请的上述目的、方案和优势,下文提供了详细描述。该详细描述通过使用框图、流程图等附图和/或示例,阐明了装置和/或方法的各种实施方式。在这些框图、流程图和/或示例中,包含一个或多个功能和/或操作。本领域技术人员将理解到:这些框图、流程图或示例内的各个功能和/或操作,能够通过各种各样的硬件、软件、固件单独或共同实施,或者通过硬件、软件和固件的任意组合实施。For a better understanding of the above objects, aspects and advantages of the present application, a detailed description is provided below. The detailed description sets forth various embodiments of the devices and/or methods in the <RTIgt; In these block diagrams, flowcharts, and/or examples, one or more functions and/or operations are included. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the various functions and/or operations within the block diagrams, flowcharts or examples can be implemented individually or collectively by various hardware, software, firmware, or by any of hardware, software and firmware. Combined implementation.
本申请中,一方面,为了保证频率偏差大的通信设备之间的正常通信,通信设备之间发送的参考信号满足如下条件:In the present application, on the one hand, in order to ensure normal communication between communication devices with large frequency deviations, the reference signals transmitted between the communication devices satisfy the following conditions:
在时域上,参考信号在占用的每一个子帧中占用至少五个符号,以及上述至少五个符号中存在两个符号,这两个符号的符号间间隔不大于两个符号。In the time domain, the reference signal occupies at least five symbols in each occupied subframe, and there are two symbols in the at least five symbols, and the intersymbol spacing between the two symbols is not more than two symbols.
其中,参考信号在占用的每一个子帧中占用至少五个符号,可保证参考信号的接收设备能够获取足够的参考信号资源进行频率偏差估计,并且也能够保证在通信设备高速移动、信道快变化的情况下,在单位时间能获取更多的参考信号,从而根据参考信号进行信道估计的结果更准确。The reference signal occupies at least five symbols in each occupied subframe, which can ensure that the receiving device of the reference signal can obtain sufficient reference signal resources for frequency offset estimation, and can also ensure high-speed movement and fast channel change in the communication device. In the case where more reference signals can be acquired per unit time, the result of channel estimation based on the reference signal is more accurate.
其中,上述至少五个符号中存在两个符号,这两个符号的符号间间隔不大于两个符号,是为了保证能够正确估计较大的频率偏差值。包含参考信号的两个符号之间的间隔越大,参考信号的接收设备能够准确估计的频率偏差值越小。Wherein, there are two symbols in the at least five symbols, and the interval between the symbols of the two symbols is not more than two symbols, in order to ensure that a large frequency deviation value can be correctly estimated. The larger the interval between the two symbols including the reference signal, the smaller the frequency deviation value that the receiving device of the reference signal can accurately estimate.
因此,参考信号的上述设计可保证相互通信的设备之间的频率偏差值较大的情况下,接收设备通过上述设计的参考信号估计频率偏差时并做出相应的校正,从而保证设备之间的正常通信。Therefore, the above design of the reference signal can ensure that the frequency deviation value between the devices communicating with each other is large, and the receiving device estimates the frequency deviation through the reference signal of the above design and corrects accordingly, thereby ensuring the between devices. Normal communication.
本申请中,另一方面,由于参考信号的峰值平均功率比(Peak to Average Power Ratio,PAPR)通常比数据的PAPR高,当发射机的发射功率饱和时,例如,假设最大饱和功率为23dBm,参考信号和数据的发射功率都是23dBm,因为参考信号的PAPR比数据的高出3dB,则实际上参考信号的有效发射功率
只有23-3=20dBm。即实际参考信号上的有效的发射功率会比数据上的有效功率低一个预定义的值,参考信号更高的PAPR值会降低射频器件的效率,导致参考信号的功率比数据的功率低,对于幅度调制,接收设备由于收到的被截去峰值的参考信号无法正确反映信道特性,接收设备的信道估计结果不准确,从而导致数据解调出错。In the present application, on the other hand, since the Peak to Average Power Ratio (PAPR) of the reference signal is generally higher than the PAPR of the data, when the transmission power of the transmitter is saturated, for example, the maximum saturated power is assumed to be 23 dBm. The transmit power of the reference signal and data is 23dBm. Since the PAPR of the reference signal is 3dB higher than the data, the effective transmit power of the reference signal is actually
Only 23-3=20dBm. That is, the effective transmit power on the actual reference signal is lower than the effective power on the data by a predefined value, and the higher PAPR value of the reference signal reduces the efficiency of the radio frequency device, resulting in the power of the reference signal being lower than the power of the data. Amplitude modulation, the receiving device cannot correctly reflect the channel characteristics due to the received reference signal of the truncated peak, and the channel estimation result of the receiving device is inaccurate, resulting in data demodulation error.
针对参考信号的峰值平均功率比(Peak to Average Power Ratio,PAPR)通常比数据的PAPR高所导致的问题,本申请中提供了包括下列两种方案在内的解决方案:For the problem that the Peak to Average Power Ratio (PAPR) of the reference signal is usually higher than the PAPR of the data, a solution including the following two solutions is provided in the present application:
解决方案一、发送设备获取待发送数据的发射功率值,若获取的功率值过高,则将功率值过高的情况通知接收设备,当接收设备获知该情况后,在解调数据时进行相应的处理,以保证数据解调的性能。 Solution 1. The transmitting device obtains the transmit power value of the data to be sent. If the obtained power value is too high, the receiving device is notified that the power value is too high. When the receiving device knows the situation, the corresponding data is demodulated. Processing to ensure data demodulation performance.
解决方案二、发送设备获取待发送数据的发射功率值,若获取的功率值过高,则进行发射功率调整,以避免发射机发射功率饱和,从而保证接收设备的数据解调性能。Solution 2: The transmitting device obtains the transmit power value of the data to be sent. If the obtained power value is too high, the transmit power is adjusted to avoid the transmitter transmit power saturation, thereby ensuring the data demodulation performance of the receiving device.
本申请中,再一方面,提供了一种参考信号的发送方案,可以根据发送设备同步到的同步源类型和/或发送设备的移动速度,灵活确定参考信号的类型。In this application, in another aspect, a transmission scheme of a reference signal is provided, and the type of the reference signal can be flexibly determined according to the synchronization source type to which the transmitting device is synchronized and/or the moving speed of the transmitting device.
下面,为了便于理解,介绍本申请涉及的基本概念。In the following, the basic concepts involved in the present application are introduced for ease of understanding.
为了便于理解,以长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统为例进行介绍,但这并不意味着本申请仅适用于LTE系统,实际上,任何发送参考信号,都可以采用本申请提供的参考信号传输方案,以解决上述提及的问题,并达到上述提及的效果。For the sake of understanding, the Long Term Evolution (LTE) system is taken as an example. However, this does not mean that the application is only applicable to the LTE system. In fact, any reference signal can be used for reference. Signal transmission scheme to solve the above mentioned problems and achieve the above mentioned effects.
一、LTE系统中的数据传输First, the data transmission in the LTE system
LTE系统中,下行传输,即诸如基站的接入网设备向UE传输,是基于正交频分复用多址(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing Access,OFDMA)的多址方式的;上行传输,即UE向接入网设备传输,是基于单载波频分复用多址(Single Carrier–Frequency Division Multiplexing Access,
SC-FDMA)的多址方式的。In the LTE system, the downlink transmission, that is, the access network device such as the base station transmits to the UE, is based on the Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing Access (OFDMA) multiple access method; the uplink transmission, that is, the UE direction The access network device transmission is based on Single Carrier–Frequency Division Multiplexing Access (Single Carrier–Frequency Division Multiplexing Access,
SC-FDMA) Multiple Access Mode.
对于下行传输,时频资源被划分成时间域维度上的OFDM符号和频率域维度上的子载波;对于上行传输,时频资源被划分为频率域维度上的SC-FDM符号。本申请中,符号可为OFDM符号或SC-FDM符号,或其他多址方式下的符号,本申请对此不做限定。For downlink transmission, the time-frequency resources are divided into OFDM symbols in the time domain dimension and subcarriers in the frequency domain dimension; for uplink transmission, the time-frequency resources are divided into SC-FDM symbols in the frequency domain dimension. In this application, the symbol may be an OFDM symbol or an SC-FDM symbol, or a symbol in other multiple access modes, which is not limited in this application.
LTE系统中,最小的资源粒度称作资源单元(Resource Element,RE),即表示时间域上的一个时域符号和频率域上的一个子载波组成的时频格点。In the LTE system, the smallest resource granularity is called a Resource Element (RE), that is, a time-frequency symbol representing a time domain symbol in the time domain and a sub-carrier on the frequency domain.
通常,接入网设备调度的基本时间单位是一个子帧,一个子帧包括多个时域符号。或者,对于要求缩小传输时延的一些场景,接入网设备调度的基本时间单位可为1个或多个时域符号。子帧的占用的时长为一个预定义的长度,是一次传输时在时域上占用资源的基本单位。以LTE系统为例,目前一个子帧占用的时长为1ms,但是本申请对子帧占用的时长并不限定于目前LTE协议规定的时长,它可以是其它的时长值,如0.5ms,0.2ms,0.1ms。在多载波系统中,一个子帧的时长通常与子载波间隔有关,子载波间隔越大,子帧占用的时长通常越短。总之,在本申请中,一个子帧指的是一次传输时在时域上占用资源的基本单位,它在时域上的长度是预定义的。Generally, the basic time unit of the access network device scheduling is one subframe, and one subframe includes multiple time domain symbols. Alternatively, for some scenarios where the transmission delay is required to be reduced, the basic time unit of the access network device scheduling may be one or more time domain symbols. The duration of the occupation of a subframe is a predefined length, which is the basic unit of occupying resources in the time domain in one transmission. The LTE system is used as an example. Currently, the duration of one subframe is 1 ms. However, the duration of the subframe is not limited to the duration specified by the current LTE protocol. It may be other duration values, such as 0.5 ms, 0.2 ms. , 0.1ms. In a multi-carrier system, the duration of one subframe is usually related to the sub-carrier spacing. The larger the sub-carrier spacing, the shorter the duration of the subframe occupation. In summary, in the present application, a subframe refers to a basic unit occupying resources in the time domain in one transmission, and its length in the time domain is predefined.
LTE系统中,一个子帧被分为包括2个时隙,一个时隙中包括若干个符号。In an LTE system, one subframe is divided into two slots, and one slot includes several symbols.
LTE系统中,子帧可分为同步子帧和非同步子帧,其中,同步子帧中包括同步信号,非同步子帧中不包括同步信号。In the LTE system, a subframe may be divided into a synchronization subframe and a non-synchronization subframe, where the synchronization subframe includes a synchronization signal, and the synchronization subframe does not include the synchronization signal.
LTE系统中,信号(包括数据和/或参考信号)可通过一个或多个天线端口发送。天线端口是用来发送设备与接收设备之间通信的逻辑端口,对于同一个天线端口发射的信号,接收设备在接收信号时,可认为信号是从同一根个物理天线上发射的。In an LTE system, signals (including data and/or reference signals) can be transmitted through one or more antenna ports. The antenna port is a logical port used for transmitting communication between the device and the receiving device. For signals transmitted by the same antenna port, the receiving device can consider that the signal is transmitted from the same physical antenna when receiving the signal.
通常一个天线端口对应一个确定的物理天线,但在实际的系统实现时,一个天线端口也可对应具有相同发射特性的多个不同的物理天线,比如:这些物理天线的天线方向图相同,再比如:这些物理天线之间的物理距离很近。
总之,发送设备的这些不同的物理天线到接收设备的通信链路,在接收设备侧可认为是同一根物理天线到接收设备的通信链路。Usually, one antenna port corresponds to a certain physical antenna. However, in actual system implementation, one antenna port can also correspond to multiple different physical antennas having the same transmission characteristics. For example, the antenna antennas have the same antenna pattern, for example. : The physical distance between these physical antennas is very close.
In summary, the communication links of these different physical antennas of the transmitting device to the receiving device can be considered as the communication link of the same physical antenna to the receiving device on the receiving device side.
LTE系统支持频分双工(Frequency Duplexing Division,FDD)和时分双工(Time Duplexing Division,TDD)两种双工方式。对于采用FDD双工方式的LTE系统,简称FDD LTE系统,下行传输和上行传输使用不同的载波。对于TDD双工方式的LTE系统,简称TDD LTE系统,上行传输和下行传输使用同一载波的不同时间,具体在一个载波上包括下行子帧,上行子帧和特殊子帧。The LTE system supports two types of duplex modes: Frequency Division Multiplexing (FDD) and Time Duplexing Division (TDD). For the LTE system adopting the FDD duplex mode, referred to as the FDD LTE system, the downlink transmission and the uplink transmission use different carriers. For the LTE system of the TDD duplex mode, for the TDD LTE system, the uplink transmission and the downlink transmission use different times of the same carrier, and specifically include a downlink subframe, an uplink subframe, and a special subframe on one carrier.
其中,特殊子帧中包括下行导频时隙(Downlink Pilot Time Slot,DwPTS),保护时间(Guard Period,GP)和上行导频时隙(Uplink Pilot Time Slot,UpPTS)三个部分,其中GP主要用于下行到上行的器件转换时间和传播时延的补偿。此外,DwPTS中可以传输下行数据,但UpPTS中不可以传输PUSCH,因此从该角度讲,特殊子帧可以看作为下行子帧。The special subframe includes three parts: a Downlink Pilot Time Slot (DwPTS), a Guard Period (GP), and an Uplink Pilot Time Slot (UpPTS). Compensation for device conversion time and propagation delay for downstream to upstream. In addition, downlink data can be transmitted in the DwPTS, but the PUSCH cannot be transmitted in the UpPTS. Therefore, from this perspective, the special subframe can be regarded as a downlink subframe.
在本申请中,有关符号是指的是在特定的载波调制方式下的各个时域符号,本发明实施例中,符号可为正交频分复用(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing,OFDM)符号或单载波频分复用(Single Carrier Frequency Division Multiplexing,SC-FDMA符号,或其他多址方式下的符号,本发明实施例对此不做限定。如果是频分多载波调制方式,则每个符号中包括多个子载波;如果是码分多载波调制方式,则每个符号中可以包括多个码分的信道。In the present application, the relevant symbols refer to the respective time domain symbols in a specific carrier modulation mode. In the embodiment of the present invention, the symbols may be Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbols or a single symbol. The carrier frequency division multiplexing (SC-FDMA symbol, or other symbols in the multiple access mode) is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention. If it is a frequency division multi-carrier modulation mode, each symbol is used. A plurality of subcarriers are included; if it is a code division multicarrier modulation scheme, a channel of a plurality of code divisions may be included in each symbol.
二、PRB、子载波的间隔与符号长度Second, PRB, subcarrier spacing and symbol length
LTE系统中,在进行数据传输时,将上、下行时频资源组成PRB,作为物理资源单位进行调度与分配。目前LTE系统中,一个PRB在频域上包含12个连续的子载波。目前LTE系统中,子载波的间隔为15kHz,即两个相邻的子载波的中心频点之间的间隔。In the LTE system, when data transmission is performed, the uplink and downlink time-frequency resources are grouped into PRBs, and are scheduled and allocated as physical resource units. In the current LTE system, one PRB contains 12 consecutive subcarriers in the frequency domain. In the current LTE system, the subcarrier spacing is 15 kHz, that is, the interval between the center frequency points of two adjacent subcarriers.
三、参考信号Third, the reference signal
如前所述,接收设备可根据接收的参考信号进行信道估计、信号解调、AGC、信号质量测量、定位,以及信道探测,定位等。
As described above, the receiving device can perform channel estimation, signal demodulation, AGC, signal quality measurement, positioning, and channel sounding, positioning, and the like according to the received reference signal.
但是,由于数据传输资源有限,当数据传输资源被参考信号占用时,就不能用于传输数据了,这样会降低数据传输效率。因此,无线通信系统在设计时,会控制参考信号占用的资源,在保证通信质量的前提下,尽量减小参考信号的占用,从而减少了参考信号在系统资源中的开销,从而提高数据传输效率。However, due to limited data transmission resources, when the data transmission resource is occupied by the reference signal, it cannot be used to transmit data, which will reduce the data transmission efficiency. Therefore, when designing, the wireless communication system controls the resources occupied by the reference signal, and minimizes the occupation of the reference signal under the premise of ensuring the communication quality, thereby reducing the overhead of the reference signal in the system resources, thereby improving the data transmission efficiency. .
以解调参考信号(DeModulation Reference Signal,DMRS)为例,目前LTE系统中,接收设备根据收到的DMRS对收到的数据进行解调。目前,每0.5ms时隙中存在1个DMRS符号,如图1中的符号Sym4,DMRS占用DMRS符号中的连续子载波。图1中,循环前缀(Cyclic Prefix,CP)加在每个符号的前面,用于消除符号间干扰(Inter Symbol Interference,ISI)。Sym0~Sym6表示符号在一个时隙中的符号0到符号6,其中加阴影的Sym4表示用作DMRS的符号。Taking Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS) as an example, in the current LTE system, the receiving device demodulates the received data according to the received DMRS. Currently, there is one DMRS symbol in every 0.5 ms slot, such as the symbol Sym4 in FIG. 1, and the DMRS occupies consecutive subcarriers in the DMRS symbol. In Figure 1, a Cyclic Prefix (CP) is added in front of each symbol to eliminate Inter Symbol Interference (ISI). Sym0 to Sym6 indicate symbols 0 to 6 in a slot, and shaded Sym4 indicates a symbol used as a DMRS.
诸如图1所示的DMRS等目前协议规定的参考信号,在某些无线通信场景下,无法满足发送设备和接收设备之间正常通信的要求。The reference signals specified by the current protocol, such as the DMRS shown in FIG. 1, cannot meet the requirements of normal communication between the transmitting device and the receiving device in some wireless communication scenarios.
比如:在通信设备高速移动的场景下,发送设备和接收设备之间的相对移动速度较大,信道快衰落严重,而图1中,每个0.5ms时隙中仅存在1个DMRS符号,则接收设备无法在单位时间获取更多的参考信号以进行准确的信道估计。由于DMRS符号在时域上的密度不够大,导致高速移动场景下接收设备信道估计结果不准确。For example, in the scenario where the communication device moves at a high speed, the relative movement speed between the transmitting device and the receiving device is large, and the channel has fast fading, and in FIG. 1, only one DMRS symbol exists in each 0.5 ms slot, then The receiving device cannot acquire more reference signals per unit time for accurate channel estimation. Since the density of the DMRS symbol in the time domain is not large enough, the channel estimation result of the receiving device in the high speed mobile scene is inaccurate.
因此,本申请中,对目前协议规定的参考信号进行重新设计,比如:增大时域密度,可参见图8A~图8P、图9A~图9D所示的参考信号,以满足高速移动场景下的信道估计的要求。Therefore, in the present application, the reference signal specified by the current protocol is redesigned, for example, to increase the time domain density, refer to the reference signals shown in FIG. 8A to FIG. 8P and FIG. 9A to FIG. 9D to satisfy the high-speed moving scene. The requirements for channel estimation.
这些参考信号可称为“增强的参考信号”,或称为“第一类参考信号”;而将目前协议规定的参考信号称为“普通的参考信号”,或称为“第二类参考信号”。这些参考信号与目前协议规定的参考信号相比,占用的一个子帧中的符号数更多。These reference signals may be referred to as "enhanced reference signals" or "first type reference signals"; and the reference signals specified by the current protocol are referred to as "ordinary reference signals" or "second type reference signals" ". These reference signals occupy more symbols in one subframe than the reference signal specified by the current protocol.
可选地,在频域上,这些参考信号可占用连续或非连续的子载波,若占
用非连续的子载波,则未被参考信号占用的其他子载波可用于传输数据,从而保证数据传输效率。Optionally, in the frequency domain, these reference signals may occupy continuous or non-contiguous subcarriers, if
With non-contiguous subcarriers, other subcarriers that are not occupied by the reference signal can be used to transmit data, thereby ensuring data transmission efficiency.
此外,在通信设备之间存在较大的频率偏差时,接收设备为了正确接收,需要对频率偏差值进行准确估计,采用诸如图1所示的参考信号,接收设备无法准确估计较大的频率偏差值。In addition, when there is a large frequency deviation between communication devices, the receiving device needs to accurately estimate the frequency deviation value for correct reception. Using a reference signal such as that shown in FIG. 1, the receiving device cannot accurately estimate a large frequency deviation. value.
因此,本申请中,第一类参考信号可进一步满足:在一个子帧中参考信号占用至少四个符号,且该四个符号中,至少存在两个符号,这两个符号的符号间间隔不大于两个符号,从而满足接收设备准确估计较大频率偏差值的要求。Therefore, in the present application, the first type of reference signal may further satisfy that: in one subframe, the reference signal occupies at least four symbols, and at least two symbols of the four symbols, the inter-symbol spacing of the two symbols is not More than two symbols, so as to meet the requirements of the receiving device to accurately estimate the large frequency deviation value.
本申请中,参考信号可为DMRS等各种参考信号。In the present application, the reference signal may be various reference signals such as DMRS.
四、CPFourth, CP
目前LTE系统中,CP有两种类型,CP长度有三种数值。Currently, there are two types of CPs in the LTE system, and the CP length has three values.
CP类型分为正常(normal)CP和扩展(extended)CP。The CP type is divided into a normal CP and an extended CP.
以20MHz的系统带宽为例,采用正常CP时,每个时隙的第1个符号,如图1中的Sym0占用的样点数为160,对应占用的时长约为5.2微秒,1ms子帧中的其他符号占用的样点数为144,对应占用的时长约为4.7微秒。采用正常CP时,目前LTE系统中,一个子帧中共有14个符号。采用扩展CP时,每个符号的CP长度相同为512个样点,对应占用的时长约为16.7微秒。在目前LTE系统中,一个扩展CP的子帧中共有12个符号。Taking the system bandwidth of 20 MHz as an example, when a normal CP is used, the first symbol of each time slot, as shown by Sym0 in FIG. 1 , is 160, and the corresponding occupied time is about 5.2 microseconds, in a 1 ms subframe. The other symbols occupy 144 samples, and the corresponding occupation time is about 4.7 microseconds. When a normal CP is used, there are currently 14 symbols in one subframe in the LTE system. When an extended CP is used, the CP length of each symbol is the same as 512 samples, and the corresponding occupied duration is about 16.7 microseconds. In the current LTE system, there are 12 symbols in a subframe of an extended CP.
五、参考信号所在的符号之间的间隔与接收设备能够估计出的频率偏差值之间的关系5. The relationship between the interval between the symbols at which the reference signal is located and the frequency deviation value that the receiving device can estimate.
通过大量的仿真和实验发现,包含参考信号的两个符号之间的间隔越大,参考信号的接收设备能够准确估计的频率偏差值越小。Through a large number of simulations and experiments, it is found that the larger the interval between two symbols including the reference signal, the smaller the frequency deviation value that the receiving device of the reference signal can accurately estimate.
比如:在现有的基于多载波调制的LTE系统中,,如果每个符号上的子载波间隔为Δf,而包含参考信号的两个符号之间相邻,则接收设备根据这两个相邻符号中的参考信号能够估计出的频率偏差值最大为Δf;For example, in an existing LTE system based on multi-carrier modulation, if the subcarrier spacing on each symbol is Δf and the two symbols including the reference signal are adjacent to each other, the receiving device according to the two neighbors The reference signal in the symbol can estimate the maximum frequency deviation value as Δf;
如果包含参考信号的两个符号之间的间隔为2个符号(两个符号中间有
且仅有一个符号),则接收设备根据这两个符号中的参考信号能够估计出来的频率偏差值为最大Δf/2;If the interval between two symbols containing the reference signal is 2 symbols (there are two symbols in between
And only one symbol), the frequency deviation value that the receiving device can estimate based on the reference signals in the two symbols is a maximum Δf/2;
如果包含参考信号的两个符号之间的间隔为3个符号(两个符号中间有且仅有两个符号),则接收设备根据这两个符号中的参考信号能够估计出来的频率偏差值为最大Δf/3。If the interval between two symbols including the reference signal is 3 symbols (there are two symbols in between two symbols), the frequency deviation value that the receiving device can estimate based on the reference signals in the two symbols is Maximum Δf/3.
比如:Δf=15kHz值,若频率偏差值为7k,则包含参考信号的两个符号之间的间隔为3个及以上的符号就不能估计出该频率偏差值。当包含参考信号的两个符号之间的间隔为3个符号时,仅能估计出5kHz的频率偏差,间隔越大,能估计出的频率偏差值越小。For example, Δf=15 kHz value. If the frequency deviation value is 7k, the frequency deviation value cannot be estimated by the interval between the two symbols including the reference signal of three or more. When the interval between two symbols including the reference signal is 3 symbols, only the frequency deviation of 5 kHz can be estimated, and the larger the interval, the smaller the frequency deviation value that can be estimated.
六、PAPRSixth, PAPR
参考信号的PAPR比数据高,因此在发送设备侧,如果发射机的发射功率进入饱和区域,则因参考信号的产生的更高的PAPR值,会影响到射频器件的功放效率,这样导致参考信号的实际有效发射功率被降低,进而通过射频器件后数据发射功率比参考信号的实际有效发射功率更高。The PAPR of the reference signal is higher than the data. Therefore, if the transmit power of the transmitter enters the saturation region on the transmitting device side, the higher PAPR value generated by the reference signal will affect the power amplifier efficiency of the RF device, thus causing the reference signal. The actual effective transmit power is reduced, and the data transmit power after the RF device is higher than the actual effective transmit power of the reference signal.
参考图2,信号A与信号B的饱和值相同,如都是Pmax,当信号A与信号B的发射功率都是Pmax的时候,因为信号B的PAPR更高,这个更高的PAPR值对应P_down dB的功率减少值。其意义为:如果信号A与信号B的发射功率完全相同都达到饱和值时,则第一、信号B的发射功率值都是Pmax。但第一发射信号的实际有效发射功率值为Pmax,而信号B因为有PAPR的影响,其有效发射功率值为Pmax-P_down。Referring to FIG. 2, the saturation values of signal A and signal B are the same, such as Pmax. When the transmission powers of signal A and signal B are both Pmax, since the PAPR of signal B is higher, this higher PAPR value corresponds to P_down. The power reduction of dB. The meaning is: if the signal A and the signal B have the same transmission power and reach the saturation value, then the first and the signal B have the transmission power values of Pmax. However, the actual effective transmit power value of the first transmitted signal is Pmax, and the effective transmit power value of the signal B is Pmax-P_down due to the influence of the PAPR.
也就是说:That is:
如果Pt1<=Pmax-P_down,并且Pt2<=Pmax-P_down,则Pt1=Pt2时,两者没有发射功率的偏差值,Pt1,Pt2分别为信号A的发射功率值和信号B的发射功率值;If Pt1<=Pmax-P_down, and Pt2<=Pmax-P_down, then when Pt1=Pt2, there is no offset value of the transmit power, and Pt1, Pt2 are the transmit power value of the signal A and the transmit power value of the signal B, respectively;
如果Pmax-P_down<Pt1<Pmax,Pmax-P_down<Pt2<Pmax,则信号B
的发射功率为为Pmax,而其有效发射功率为Pmax-P_down,信号A的发射功率值为Pt1,此时信号A与信号B之间的发射功率偏差为Pt1-Pmax+P_down,将是一个与发射功率有关的值。If Pmax-P_down<Pt1<Pmax, Pmax-P_down<Pt2<Pmax, then signal B
The transmit power is Pmax, and its effective transmit power is Pmax-P_down, and the transmit power value of signal A is Pt1. At this time, the transmit power deviation between signal A and signal B is Pt1-Pmax+P_down, which will be a The value related to the transmit power.
如果Pt1>Pmax,Pt2>Pmax,则信号A的发射功率值和信号B的发射功率值之间的偏差值为一个固定的值P_down。If Pt1>Pmax, Pt2>Pmax, the deviation value between the transmission power value of the signal A and the transmission power value of the signal B is a fixed value P_down.
而接收设备并不知道发送设备的发射功率是否进入了饱和区域,以及若进入饱和区域,则何时进入饱和区域。当发送的数据采用幅度调制,比如16正交振幅调制(Quadrature Amplitude Modulation,QAM)、64QAM、128QAM、256QAM等时,接收设备在进行数据解调时就会发生错误,因为在最后估计出来的星座点上乘上了一个未知的幅度值,这个值会把星座进行“拉伸”或“压缩”。以16QAM为例,如果信号被压缩,则接收设备可能无法识别被压缩后对应不同幅度值的16种可能的星座点的位置,从而产生解调的错误。The receiving device does not know whether the transmitting power of the transmitting device has entered the saturated region, and when it enters the saturated region, when it enters the saturated region. When the transmitted data adopts amplitude modulation, such as 16 Quadrature Amplitude Modulation (QAM), 64QAM, 128QAM, 256QAM, etc., the receiving device will make an error when performing data demodulation because the constellation is finally estimated. The point is multiplied by an unknown amplitude value that will "stretch" or "compress" the constellation. Taking 16QAM as an example, if the signal is compressed, the receiving device may not be able to identify the positions of the 16 possible constellation points corresponding to different amplitude values after being compressed, thereby generating a demodulation error.
具体分析如下:The specific analysis is as follows:
若发送设备的发射机的发射功率进入饱和区域,由于参考信号有更大的PAPR,其发射功率比数据发射功率小ΔdB。If the transmit power of the transmitter of the transmitting device enters the saturation region, the transmit power is ΔdB smaller than the data transmit power due to the larger PAPR of the reference signal.
假设发送设备的发射机发出的参考信号为Xs,经过信道的频域信道响应为H,则接收设备的接收机收到的参考信号可以表示为:Assuming that the reference signal sent by the transmitter of the transmitting device is Xs and the frequency domain channel response of the channel is H, the reference signal received by the receiver of the receiving device can be expressed as:
Ys=As*H*Xs;Ys=As*H*Xs;
其中,As=sqrt(Ps),即参考信号发射功率值Ps的开方;Wherein, As=sqrt(Ps), that is, the opening of the reference signal transmission power value Ps;
接收设备通过信道估计可以得到信道估计值为Hest=As*H;The receiving device can obtain the channel estimation value by channel estimation as Hest=As*H;
假设发送参考信号的信道的信道特性与发送数据的信道相同,对应的,接收设备接收到的数据为:It is assumed that the channel characteristics of the channel for transmitting the reference signal are the same as the channel for transmitting the data, and correspondingly, the data received by the receiving device is:
Yd=Ad*H*Xd;Yd=Ad*H*Xd;
其中,Xd为发送设备的发射机发出的数据的信号,Ad=sqrt(Pd)即数据的发射功率值Pd的开方;
Where Xd is the signal of the data sent by the transmitter of the transmitting device, and Ad=sqrt(Pd) is the opening of the transmit power value Pd of the data;
通过接收设备的接收机的均衡,可以得到数据的估计值为:The estimated value of the data can be obtained by the equalization of the receiver of the receiving device:
Xest=(Ad*H/Hest)*Xd=(Ad/As)*Xd=a*Xd (公式1)Xest=(Ad*H/Hest)*Xd=(Ad/As)*Xd=a*Xd (Equation 1)
其中,Pd和Ps为发送设备的发射机在经过射频(Radio Frequency,RF)器件后在空口发射出来的功率对应发射信号的有效发射功率,其比值为a=Ad/As,a值的大小为a=10^(Δ/20)。Pd and Ps are the effective transmit power of the transmit signal transmitted by the transmitter of the transmitting device after passing through the radio frequency (RF) device, and the ratio is a=Ad/As, and the value of a is a = 10^(Δ/20).
因此,接收设备估计得到的数据与发送设备实际发送的数据的幅值之间有一个固定的比值。Therefore, there is a fixed ratio between the estimated data of the receiving device and the amplitude of the data actually transmitted by the transmitting device.
例如,Δ=3dB,即对应的a=sqrt(2)=1.4,即参考信号的发射功率为数据的发射功率的一半,而参考信号的幅度为数据幅度的0.71倍。For example, Δ=3dB, that is, the corresponding a=sqrt(2)=1.4, that is, the transmission power of the reference signal is half of the transmission power of the data, and the amplitude of the reference signal is 0.71 times the data amplitude.
对于接收设备而言,如果不知道这个a值,当数据采用带幅度的调制方式时,如ASK,QAM调制等,则接收设备会发生解调和译码错误。For the receiving device, if the value of a is not known, when the data adopts a modulation method with amplitude, such as ASK, QAM modulation, etc., the receiving device may undergo demodulation and decoding errors.
六、本申请适用的无线通信系统的架构、终端、接入网设备6. Architecture, terminal, and access network equipment of the wireless communication system to which the present application is applicable
本申请可适用于图3A所示的终端设备-接入网设备的无线通信系统的架构,其中,参考信号可由终端设备发送,接入网设备接收;也可由接入网设备发送,终端接收。The application can be applied to the architecture of the wireless communication system of the terminal device-access network device shown in FIG. 3A, wherein the reference signal can be sent by the terminal device and received by the access network device; or can be sent by the access network device and received by the terminal.
本申请也可适用于图3B所示的终端设备-终端设备的无线通信系统的架构,比如:设备到设备(Device-to-Device,D2D)系统中,其中,一个终端设备发送参考信号,其他终端设备接收参考信号,根据接收的参考信号进行信道估计等。The present application is also applicable to the architecture of the wireless communication system of the terminal device-terminal device shown in FIG. 3B, such as a device-to-device (D2D) system, in which one terminal device transmits a reference signal, and the like. The terminal device receives the reference signal, performs channel estimation and the like according to the received reference signal.
本申请还可使用于图3C所示的车联网系统中,其中终端设备之间的参考信号传输方式类似于上述D2D系统中的传输方式,这里不再赘述。其中,参考信号也可在路测单元(Road Side Unit,RSU)和终端设备之间传输,比如:RSU发送参考信号,终端设备接收参考信号,或终端设备发送参考信号,RSU接收参考信号;此外,参考信号也可在RSU和基站之间传输,比如:RSU发送参考信号,基站接收参考信号,或基站发送参考信号,RSU接收参考信号。这里,RSU和基站均可视为接入网设备,此外,RSU也可视为一种终端设备。The application can also be used in the vehicle networking system shown in FIG. 3C, wherein the reference signal transmission manner between the terminal devices is similar to the transmission mode in the D2D system described above, and details are not described herein again. The reference signal may also be transmitted between a Road Side Unit (RSU) and a terminal device, for example, the RSU sends a reference signal, the terminal device receives the reference signal, or the terminal device sends a reference signal, and the RSU receives the reference signal; The reference signal may also be transmitted between the RSU and the base station, for example, the RSU transmits the reference signal, the base station receives the reference signal, or the base station transmits the reference signal, and the RSU receives the reference signal. Here, both the RSU and the base station can be regarded as access network devices, and in addition, the RSU can also be regarded as a terminal device.
需要说明的是,在本申请应用于车联网系统时,终端设备可为车载设备,
RSU可与车载设备和/或基站通信,基站可与车载设备和/或RSU通信。车载设备随着车辆高速移动,当两个车载设备之间相对运动时,具有较大的相对移动速度。上述车载设备、RSU和基站之间的通信可使用蜂窝链路的频谱,也可以使用5.9GHz附近的智能交通频谱。It should be noted that when the present application is applied to a vehicle networking system, the terminal device may be an in-vehicle device.
The RSU can communicate with an in-vehicle device and/or a base station that can communicate with the in-vehicle device and/or the RSU. The in-vehicle device moves with the vehicle at a high speed, and has a relatively large moving speed when the two in-vehicle devices move relative to each other. The communication between the above-mentioned in-vehicle device, RSU and base station can use the spectrum of the cellular link, or the intelligent traffic spectrum near 5.9 GHz can also be used.
图4示出了包括同步源在内的一种车联网系统。如图4所示,该车联网系统中包括:Figure 4 illustrates a vehicle networking system including a synchronization source. As shown in FIG. 4, the vehicle networking system includes:
多个车载设备(终端设备1、终端设备2、终端设备3和终端设备4),车载设备之间可以相互通信,也可以是车与人之间的通信;a plurality of in-vehicle devices (terminal device 1, terminal device 2, terminal device 3, and terminal device 4), which can communicate with each other, or can be communication between vehicles;
多个基站(基站1和基站2);Multiple base stations (base station 1 and base station 2);
多个卫星同步源,比如:全球导航卫星系统(Global Navigation Satellite System,GNSS),这里包括卫星同步源1和卫星同步源2,多个卫星同步源可为不同国家、不同制式的卫星。A plurality of satellite synchronization sources, such as a Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS), including a satellite synchronization source 1 and a satellite synchronization source 2, and the plurality of satellite synchronization sources may be satellites of different countries and different standards.
图4所示的车联网系统中,终端设备1、终端设备2、终端设备3和终端设备4可以同步到不同类型的同步源上,这些同步源包括:基站、GNSS、与GNSS等效的同步源。如果不同的终端设备同步到不同的同步源,比如不同的基站,而这些基站同步到不同的同步源上,则这些终端设备之间可能存在较大的频率偏差值。比如:终端设备1同步到基站1,终端设备2同步到基站2,而基站1和基站2之间没有进行同步,则终端设备1和终端设备2之间直接进行通信时的频率偏差值最大可以达到7kHz。In the car network system shown in FIG. 4, the terminal device 1, the terminal device 2, the terminal device 3, and the terminal device 4 can be synchronized to different types of synchronization sources, including: base station, GNSS, and GNSS equivalent synchronization. source. If different terminal devices are synchronized to different synchronization sources, such as different base stations, and these base stations are synchronized to different synchronization sources, there may be a large frequency offset value between the terminal devices. For example, when the terminal device 1 synchronizes to the base station 1 and the terminal device 2 synchronizes to the base station 2, and the base station 1 and the base station 2 do not perform synchronization, the frequency deviation value when the terminal device 1 and the terminal device 2 directly communicate with each other may be the largest. Up to 7 kHz.
此外,本申请中的终端设备可以是无线终端,无线终端可以是指向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备,具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的其他处理设备。无线终端可以经无线接入网(例如,RAN,Radio Access Network)与一个或多个核心网进行通信,无线终端可以是移动终端,如移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话)和具有移动终端的计算机,例如,可以是便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置,它们与无线接入网交换语言和/或数据。例如,个人通信业务(PCS,Personal Communication Service)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(SIP)话机、无线
本地环路(WLL,Wireless Local Loop)站、个人数字助理(PDA,Personal Digital Assistant)等设备。无线终端也可以称为系统、订户单元(Subscriber Unit)、订户站(Subscriber Station),移动站(Mobile Station)、移动台(Mobile)、远程站(Remote Station)、接入点(Access Point)、远程终端(Remote Terminal)、接入终端(Access Terminal)、用户终端(User Terminal)、用户代理(User Agent)、用户设备(User Device)、或用户装备(User Equipment)。Furthermore, the terminal device in the present application may be a wireless terminal, which may be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to the user, a handheld device with wireless connectivity, or other processing device that is connected to the wireless modem. The wireless terminal can communicate with one or more core networks via a radio access network (eg, RAN, Radio Access Network), which can be a mobile terminal, such as a mobile phone (or "cellular" phone) and with a mobile terminal The computers, for example, can be portable, pocket-sized, handheld, computer-integrated or in-vehicle mobile devices that exchange language and/or data with the wireless access network. For example, Personal Communication Service (PCS), cordless phones, Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phones, wireless
Local loop (WLL, Wireless Local Loop) station, personal digital assistant (PDA, Personal Digital Assistant) and other equipment. A wireless terminal may also be called a system, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, an access point, or an access point. Remote Terminal, Access Terminal, User Terminal, User Agent, User Device, or User Equipment.
本申请提供的接入网设备可包括基站,或用于控制基站的无线资源管理设备,或包括基站和用于控制基站的无线资源管理设备;接入网设备可为宏站或小站,也可为前述的RSU。The access network device provided by the present application may include a base station, or a radio resource management device for controlling the base station, or a base station and a radio resource management device for controlling the base station; the access network device may be a macro station or a small station, It can be the aforementioned RSU.
七、本申请适用的无线通信系统的通信制式7. The communication system of the wireless communication system to which the present application is applied
本申请提供的各种无线通信系统的通信制式包括但不限于:全球移动通信系统(Global System of Mobile communication,GSM)、码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)IS-95、码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)2000、时分同步码分多址(Time Division-Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access,TD-SCDMA)、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)、时分双工-长期演进(Time Division Duplexing-Long Term Evolution,TDD LTE)、频分双工-长期演进(Frequency Division Duplexing-Long Term Evolution,FDD LTE)、长期演进-增强(Long Term Evolution-Advanced,LTE-advanced)、个人手持电话系统(Personal Handy-phone System,PHS)、802.11系列协议规定的无线保真(Wireless Fidelity,WiFi)、全球微波互联接入(Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access,WiMAX),以及未来演进的各种无线通信系统。The communication systems of various wireless communication systems provided by the present application include, but are not limited to, Global System of Mobile communication (GSM), Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) IS-95, and code division. Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) 2000, Time Division-Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access (TD-SCDMA), Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA), Time Division Duplex - Long Term Evolution-Advanced (LTE-advanced), Long Term Evolution-Advanced (Long Term Evolution-Advanced, Long Term Evolution-Advanced, Long Term Evolution-Advanced, Long Term Evolution-Advanced, Long Term Evolution-Advanced (LTE-advanced) ), Personal Handy-phone System (PHS), Wireless Fidelity (WiFi) as defined by the 802.11 series of protocols, Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX), and future evolution Various wireless communication systems.
实际上,任何发送参考信号,以实现接收设备正确接收数据无线通信系统,都可以采用本申请提供的参考信号传输方案。In fact, any reference signal transmission scheme provided by the present application can be adopted for any wireless communication system that transmits a reference signal to enable the receiving device to correctly receive data.
八、其他说明Eight, other instructions
另外,本文中术语“系统”和“网络”在本文中常被可互换使用。本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例
如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。Additionally, the terms "system" and "network" are used interchangeably herein. The term "and/or" in this context is merely an association that describes an associated object, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example
For example, A and/or B may indicate that A exists separately, and A and B exist simultaneously, and B cases exist alone. In addition, the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the contextual object is an "or" relationship.
以上,介绍了本申请涉及的基本概念,为了便于理解,下面的表1中列出了本申请的各实施例、涉及的附图。The basic concepts involved in the present application have been described above. For ease of understanding, the various embodiments of the present application and the accompanying drawings are listed in Table 1 below.
表1Table 1
【实施例一】[Embodiment 1]
如图5所示,实施例一提供的无线通信系统包括:参考信号的发送设备501和参考信号的接收设备502,为了描述简洁,下面将参考信号的发送设备501称为“发送设备501”,将参考信号的接收设备502称为“接收设备502”。As shown in FIG. 5, the wireless communication system provided in Embodiment 1 includes: a transmitting device 501 for reference signals and a receiving device 502 for reference signals. For the sake of brevity, the transmitting device 501 of the reference signal is hereinafter referred to as "sending device 501". The receiving device 502 of the reference signal is referred to as a "receiving device 502."
其中,发送设备501用于确定参考信号,并将确定的参考信号发送出去;The sending device 501 is configured to determine a reference signal, and send the determined reference signal.
接收设备502用于接收参考信号,并对接收的参考信号进行处理,比如:根据接收的参考信号进行信道估计、信号解调、AGC、无线测量,以及信道探测等。The receiving device 502 is configured to receive the reference signal and process the received reference signal, for example, performing channel estimation, signal demodulation, AGC, radio measurement, and channel detection according to the received reference signal.
图6示出了发送设备501生成并发送参考信号的可选过程。FIG. 6 shows an optional process by which the transmitting device 501 generates and transmits a reference signal.
如图6所示,该过程可包括如下步骤:As shown in FIG. 6, the process may include the following steps:
S601:发送设备501生成参考信号序列;S601: The sending device 501 generates a reference signal sequence.
S602:发送设备501生成待发送的数据符号,这些数据符号是待发送的
待发送的编码数据包经过调制后生成的星座符号;S602: The sending device 501 generates data symbols to be sent, where the data symbols are to be sent.
a constellation symbol generated after the encoded data packet to be transmitted is modulated;
S603:发送设备501确定将参考信号序列映射到物理资源上;S603: The sending device 501 determines to map the reference signal sequence to the physical resource;
S604:发送设备501将参考信号和生成的待发送的数据根据参考信号序列映射到物理资源的参数来进行映射,然后做多载波调制增加保护间隔等操作后形成待发送的数据子帧;S604: The sending device 501 maps the reference signal and the generated data to be sent according to the reference signal sequence to the parameter of the physical resource, and then performs multi-carrier modulation to increase the guard interval and the like to form a data subframe to be transmitted.
S605:发送设备501将形成的数据子帧发送出去。S605: The transmitting device 501 sends the formed data subframe.
图7示出了接收设备502接收参考信号的可选过程。FIG. 7 illustrates an optional process by which receiving device 502 receives a reference signal.
如图7所示,该过程可包括如下步骤:As shown in FIG. 7, the process may include the following steps:
S711:接收设备502生成本地参考信号序列;S711: The receiving device 502 generates a local reference signal sequence.
S712:接收设备502确定将参考信号序列映射到物理资源时使用的映射方式参数;S712: The receiving device 502 determines a mapping mode parameter used when mapping the reference signal sequence to the physical resource;
S713:接收设备502根据确定的映射方式生成的本地参考信号序列来对接收到的参考信号进行信号处理。S713: The receiving device 502 performs signal processing on the received reference signal according to the local reference signal sequence generated by the determined mapping manner.
信号处理的方式有很多种,包括:对接收到的参考信号来做信道估计以获得参考信号所在带宽内的信道质量信息,和/或对接收到的参考信号以及待接收的数据来做数据检测,以获取待接收的数据。There are many ways to process signals, including: performing channel estimation on the received reference signal to obtain channel quality information in the bandwidth of the reference signal, and/or performing data detection on the received reference signal and the data to be received. To get the data to be received.
本申请中,参考信号可为前述的用于信道估计、信号解调、自动增益控制(Automatic Gain Control,AGC)、信号质量测量、定位,以及信道探测,定位等的任何一种参考信号。比如:DMRS,用于AGC的参考信号等。In the present application, the reference signal may be any of the aforementioned reference signals for channel estimation, signal demodulation, automatic gain control (AGC), signal quality measurement, positioning, and channel sounding, positioning, and the like. For example: DMRS, reference signals for AGC, etc.
本申请中,参考信号序列用于在一个子帧中生成参考信号,序列中的一个码元对应于参考信号在一个子帧中占用的一个符号中的一个子载波。In the present application, a reference signal sequence is used to generate a reference signal in one subframe, one symbol in the sequence corresponding to one of the symbols occupied by the reference signal in one subframe.
实施例一中的参考信号发送方案和参考信号接收方案可适用于后面各实施例。The reference signal transmission scheme and the reference signal reception scheme in the first embodiment can be applied to the following embodiments.
以上,通过实施例一介绍了本申请提供的参考信号发送和接收方案。下面,通过实施例二和实施例三介绍本申请中,参考信号映射到子帧的各种可选实现方式。其中,实施例二提供了参考信号映射到非同步子帧的可选映射方式,各种可选映射方式可参考图8A~图8P;实施例三提供了参考信号映射
到同步子帧的可选映射方式,各种可选映射方式可参考图9A~图9D。The reference signal transmission and reception scheme provided by the present application is described above through the first embodiment. In the following, through the second embodiment and the third embodiment, various alternative implementations in which the reference signal is mapped to the subframe are introduced. The second embodiment provides an optional mapping manner in which the reference signal is mapped to the non-synchronized subframe. For the various optional mapping manners, refer to FIG. 8A to FIG. 8P. The third embodiment provides the reference signal mapping.
For the optional mapping mode of the synchronization subframe, various alternative mapping modes can be referred to FIG. 9A to FIG. 9D.
其中,发送设备501可按照实施例二或实施例三提供的各种映射方式之一将参考信号映射到非同步子帧中,接收设备502采用与发送设备501相同的映射方式,即可从接收的非同步子帧中获取参考信号。The sending device 501 can map the reference signal into the non-synchronized subframe according to one of the mapping modes provided in the second embodiment or the third embodiment, and the receiving device 502 can receive the same mapping manner as the sending device 501. The reference signal is obtained in the asynchronous sub-frame.
实施例二和实施例三中,参考信号可为前述的第一类参考信号,可适用于高速移动场景和/或频率偏差值较大的场景。In the second embodiment and the third embodiment, the reference signal may be the foregoing first type of reference signal, and is applicable to a scene with a high-speed moving scene and/or a large frequency offset value.
其中,可选地,在参考信号占用的每一个子帧中,参考信号占用至少四个符号,以及至少四个符号中存在两个符号,存在的两个符号的符号间间隔不大于两个符号。Optionally, in each subframe occupied by the reference signal, the reference signal occupies at least four symbols, and two symbols are present in at least four symbols, and the interval between symbols of the two existing symbols is not more than two symbols. .
其中,参考信号在占用的每一个子帧中占用至少四个符号,可保证参考信号的接收设备能够获取足够的参考信号资源进行频率偏差估计,并且也能够保证在通信设备高速移动、信道快衰落严重的情况下,在单位时间能获取更多的参考信号,从而根据参考信号进行信道估计的结果更准确。The reference signal occupies at least four symbols in each occupied subframe, which can ensure that the receiving device of the reference signal can obtain sufficient reference signal resources for frequency offset estimation, and can also ensure high-speed movement of the communication device and fast channel fading. In severe cases, more reference signals can be obtained at unit time, so that the channel estimation result based on the reference signal is more accurate.
其中,上述至少四个符号中存在两个符号,这两个符号的符号间间隔不大于两个符号,是为了保证能够正确估计较大的频率偏差值。包含参考信号的两个符号之间的间隔越大,参考信号的接收设备能够准确估计的频率偏差值越小。Wherein, there are two symbols in the at least four symbols, and the interval between the symbols of the two symbols is not more than two symbols, in order to ensure that a large frequency deviation value can be correctly estimated. The larger the interval between the two symbols including the reference signal, the smaller the frequency deviation value that the receiving device of the reference signal can accurately estimate.
在高速移动、大功率偏差的场景下,参考信号在一个子帧中占用4个符号,则若接收设备采用线性接收机进行接收,并不能完全克服高速移动与大频率偏差的影响。此时,接收设备需要使用判决反馈或迭代均衡等高复杂度的高性能接收机来做处理。In the scene of high-speed movement and high power deviation, the reference signal occupies 4 symbols in one subframe. If the receiving device receives by linear receiver, it cannot completely overcome the influence of high-speed movement and large frequency deviation. At this time, the receiving device needs to use a high-performance high-performance receiver such as decision feedback or iterative equalization for processing.
为了进一步提高时域上参考信号的密度,提供更多的参考信号用于信道估计,并且为了降低接收设备接收机的复杂度,可选地,在参考信号占用的每一个子帧中,参考信号占用至少五个符号,以及至少五个符号中存在两个符号,存在的两个符号的符号间间隔不大于两个符号。In order to further increase the density of the reference signal in the time domain, more reference signals are provided for channel estimation, and in order to reduce the complexity of the receiver of the receiving device, optionally, in each subframe occupied by the reference signal, the reference signal It occupies at least five symbols, and there are two symbols in at least five symbols, and the existing two symbols have no more than two symbols.
进一步地,在一个子帧的每一个时隙中,参考信号占用至少两个符号,这是因为:如果在一个子帧中,所有的参考信号都在一个时隙中,而另一个
时隙中没有参考信号,就会导致在高移动速度的条件下,该没有参考信号的时隙的信道估计结果不准确,数据解调性能下降。Further, in each time slot of one subframe, the reference signal occupies at least two symbols because: if in one subframe, all reference signals are in one time slot, and the other
If there is no reference signal in the time slot, the channel estimation result of the time slot without the reference signal is inaccurate and the data demodulation performance is degraded under the condition of high moving speed.
其中,在一个子帧的每一个时隙中,参考信号占用至少两个符号,这是因为:如果在一个子帧中,所有的参考信号都在一个时隙中,而另一个时隙中没有参考信号,就会导致在高移动速度的条件下,该没有参考信号的时隙的信道估计结果不准确,数据解调性能下降。这是因为:如果在低速移动的条件下,信道特性在一个子帧内变化不大,一个子帧中一个时隙的信道特性与另一个时隙的信道特性差别不大。而在高速移动的条件下,一个子帧的两个时隙的信道特性差别很大,此时要求每个时隙中都有参考信号。Wherein, in each time slot of one subframe, the reference signal occupies at least two symbols because: if in one subframe, all reference signals are in one time slot, and not in another time slot The reference signal causes the channel estimation result of the time slot without the reference signal to be inaccurate and the data demodulation performance to be degraded under the condition of high moving speed. This is because if the channel characteristics do not change much within one subframe under the condition of low-speed movement, the channel characteristics of one slot in one subframe do not differ much from the channel characteristics of another slot. Under the condition of high-speed movement, the channel characteristics of two time slots of one subframe are very different, and it is required to have a reference signal in each time slot.
进一步地,为了节省参考信号占用的物理资源,提高数据传输效率,在频域上,在参考信号占用的每一个资源单元中,参考信号占用不连续的多个子载波。在LTE系统中,该资源单元可为物理资源块(Physical Resource Block,PRB)。Further, in order to save the physical resources occupied by the reference signal and improve the data transmission efficiency, in the frequency domain, in each resource unit occupied by the reference signal, the reference signal occupies a plurality of discontinuous subcarriers. In an LTE system, the resource unit may be a Physical Resource Block (PRB).
参考信号占用不连续的子载波,能够保证所有的参考信号在一个子帧中的总的开销较小。因为,为了保证频率偏差值的估计性能以及对高速移动场景的支持,在时域上增加了参考信号的密度,因此如果在频域上连续的话,参考信号的开销就会很高,并且,在时域上的密度足够抵抗大的频率偏移和较高的移动速度后,在频域上的也没有必要一定占用连续的子载波。The reference signal occupies discontinuous subcarriers, which ensures that the total overhead of all reference signals in one subframe is small. Because, in order to ensure the estimation performance of the frequency deviation value and the support for the high-speed moving scene, the density of the reference signal is increased in the time domain, so if the frequency domain is continuous, the overhead of the reference signal is high, and After the density in the time domain is sufficient to resist large frequency offsets and high moving speeds, it is not necessary to occupy consecutive subcarriers in the frequency domain.
可选地,在频域上,在参考信号占用的上述每一个资源单元中,参考信号占用至少三个子载波。以PRB为例,一个PRB中包括12个子载波,在这12个子载波中参考信号占用至少3个子载波。Optionally, in the frequency domain, the reference signal occupies at least three subcarriers in each of the foregoing resource units occupied by the reference signal. Taking the PRB as an example, one PRB includes 12 subcarriers, and among the 12 subcarriers, the reference signal occupies at least 3 subcarriers.
在一个资源单元中参考信号占用至少3个子载波,该值的选择同时考虑了时域上参考信号密度的要求和信道估计的性能要求。The reference signal occupies at least 3 subcarriers in one resource unit, and the selection of the value takes into account both the reference signal density requirement in the time domain and the performance requirement of the channel estimation.
假设在LTE系统中,参考信号在一个子帧的两个时隙中,在每个时隙上占用1个符号中的所有子载波,共占用24个子载波。采用实施例二提供的方案,比如:在时域上,参考信号在一个时隙中占用4个符号;在频域上,参考信号在一个PRB中占用3个子载波,则参考信号在一个时隙中总共占用的
子载波数为2*4*3=24个子载波。再比如:在时域上,参考信号在一个时隙中占用4个符号;在频域上,参考信号在一个PRB中占用4个子载波,则参考信号在一个时隙中总共占用的子载波数为2*4*4=32个子载波。It is assumed that in the LTE system, the reference signal occupies all of the subcarriers in one symbol in each of the two slots of one subframe, occupying a total of 24 subcarriers. The solution provided in Embodiment 2 is used, for example, in the time domain, the reference signal occupies 4 symbols in one time slot; in the frequency domain, the reference signal occupies 3 subcarriers in one PRB, and the reference signal is in one time slot. Totally occupied
The number of subcarriers is 2*4*3=24 subcarriers. For example, in the time domain, the reference signal occupies 4 symbols in one time slot; in the frequency domain, the reference signal occupies 4 subcarriers in one PRB, and the total number of subcarriers occupied by the reference signal in one time slot It is 2*4*4=32 subcarriers.
可选地,在时域上,在参考信号占用的每一个子帧中,第一参考信号占用的符号数小于该子帧中的可用于传输数据的符号数。Optionally, in the time domain, in each subframe occupied by the reference signal, the number of symbols occupied by the first reference signal is smaller than the number of symbols in the subframe available for transmitting data.
可选地,在时域上,在参考信号占用的每一个子帧中的每一个时隙中,参考信号占用相邻的多个符号。Optionally, in the time domain, in each of the time slots occupied by the reference signal, the reference signal occupies adjacent symbols.
如前所述,包含参考信号的两个符号之间的间隔越大,参考信号的接收设备能够准确估计的频率偏差值越小,因此,在参考信号占用的每一个子帧中的每一个时隙中,参考信号占用相邻的多个符号,可保证接收设备502对每个时隙的频率偏差值的估计性能。As described above, the larger the interval between the two symbols including the reference signal, the smaller the frequency offset value that the receiving device of the reference signal can accurately estimate, and therefore, each of each subframe occupied by the reference signal In the slot, the reference signal occupies a plurality of adjacent symbols, and the estimation performance of the frequency offset value of each slot by the receiving device 502 can be guaranteed.
进一步地,在参考信号占用的每一个子帧中的每一个时隙中,参考信号分别占用两组符号,每一组符号包括相邻的多个符号。Further, in each time slot in each subframe occupied by the reference signal, the reference signals respectively occupy two sets of symbols, and each set of symbols includes adjacent multiple symbols.
这样能够保证接收设备502在每一个时隙中对频率偏差值估计的性能。并且能够保证在任何一个时隙中有最大频率偏差值,且通信设备高速移动的场景下,即使信噪比较低,也能够具有较好的信道估计和频率偏差值估计的性能,参考信号占用的符号数越多,接收设备502在进行信道估计时对噪声的抑制能力越强,并且频率偏差值的估计能力越强。This ensures the performance of the receiving device 502 in estimating the frequency offset value in each time slot. And it can ensure that the maximum frequency deviation value in any one time slot, and the communication device moves at a high speed, even if the signal to noise ratio is low, the channel estimation and the frequency deviation value estimation performance can be better, and the reference signal is occupied. The more the number of symbols, the stronger the ability of the receiving device 502 to suppress noise when performing channel estimation, and the stronger the ability to estimate the frequency offset value.
可选地,在参考信号占用的每一个子帧中,最后一个符号为空符号(GAP)。Optionally, in each subframe occupied by the reference signal, the last symbol is a null symbol (GAP).
可选地,参考信号从同一个天线端口发送出去,这是因为,接收设备只有在收到来自同一个天线端口的参考信号时,才能进行较大的频率偏差值的准确估计,这是因为:从接收设备侧看,来自不同天线端口的信号的信道特性会不同,所以频率偏差的估计只能针对同一个天线端口的参考信号来进行。Optionally, the reference signal is transmitted from the same antenna port because the receiving device can accurately estimate the large frequency offset value only when receiving the reference signal from the same antenna port because: From the receiving device side, the channel characteristics of signals from different antenna ports will be different, so the estimation of the frequency offset can only be performed for the reference signal of the same antenna port.
包括实施例二和实施例三在内的本申请的各个实施例中,接收设备502可估计频率偏差值的工作原理如下:In various embodiments of the present application, including the second embodiment and the third embodiment, the receiving device 502 can estimate the frequency deviation value as follows:
频率偏差值会在每个符号的各个子载波上产生与符号位置相关的相位偏
差值,在一个符号上,该相位偏差值相同。以参考信号在不同符号上占用的子载波位置相同的情况为例,如图8D所示,参考信号在符号0上占用子载波1、5、9(子载波编号从下往上,从0开始编号),参考信号在符号1也占用子载波1、5、9。将符号0上的各个子载波上的参考信号,分别与符号1上的对应子载波位置上的参考信号进行共轭相乘后,将共轭相乘得到的各结果进行滤波,即可以估计得到这个相位偏差值,然后根据这个相位偏差值来估计出频率偏差值。The frequency offset value produces a phase offset associated with the symbol position on each subcarrier of each symbol.
The difference, on a symbol, the phase deviation value is the same. Taking the case where the reference signals occupy the same subcarrier positions on different symbols as an example, as shown in FIG. 8D, the reference signal occupies subcarriers 1, 5, and 9 on symbol 0 (the subcarrier numbers are from bottom to top, starting from 0). No.), the reference signal also occupies subcarriers 1, 5, and 9 at symbol 1. The reference signals on the respective subcarriers on the symbol 0 are respectively conjugate-multiplied with the reference signals at the corresponding subcarrier positions on the symbol 1, and then the results obtained by multiplying the conjugate are filtered to obtain an estimate. This phase deviation value is then used to estimate the frequency deviation value based on this phase deviation value.
进一步的,估计的时候,会因为干扰和热噪声而影响估计的精度,因此在有更多的时域参考信号符号,或者在频域保证有一定数据的参考信号的子载波,则能确保根据参考信号估计出来的频率偏差值的精度。Further, when estimating, the accuracy of the estimation may be affected by interference and thermal noise. Therefore, when there are more time domain reference signal symbols or subcarriers of the reference signal in the frequency domain to ensure certain data, it is ensured according to The accuracy of the frequency deviation value estimated by the reference signal.
下面,具体介绍实施例二提供的将参考信号映射到非同步子帧的各种可选的映射方式。In the following, various alternative mapping manners for mapping reference signals to non-synchronized subframes provided in Embodiment 2 are specifically described.
【实施例二】[Embodiment 2]
下面,参考图8A~图8P,对实施例二的各种可选的参考信号映射方式举例说明。The various alternative reference signal mapping modes of the second embodiment are exemplified below with reference to FIG. 8A to FIG. 8P.
映射方式一Mapping method one
映射方式一下,参考信号占用的子帧中无GAP,CP为正常CP,在时域上,参考信号在一个子帧中占用8个符号,在参考信号占用的子帧的两个时隙中,参考信号在每个时隙上分别占用4个符号。In the mapping mode, there is no GAP in the subframe occupied by the reference signal, and the CP is a normal CP. In the time domain, the reference signal occupies 8 symbols in one subframe, and in the two slots of the subframe occupied by the reference signal, The reference signal occupies 4 symbols on each time slot.
图8A示出了映射方式一的九种可选的映射方式。图8A中,每一行代表一种可选的映射方式。其中数字0~6表示一个时隙中编号为0~6的符号。加粗有下划线的符号为参考信号占用的符号,其它为数据符号,不包括参考信号。FIG. 8A shows nine alternative mapping modes of mapping mode one. In Figure 8A, each row represents an alternative mapping method. The numbers 0 to 6 indicate symbols numbered 0 to 6 in one slot. The bold underlined symbol is the symbol occupied by the reference signal, and the others are data symbols, excluding the reference signal.
其中,一个子帧的第一个时隙与第二个时隙的参考信号映射方式可相同或不同,第一个时隙和第二时隙的参考信号均可以采用图8A中任一行所示的映射方式。The reference signal mapping manner of the first time slot and the second time slot of one subframe may be the same or different, and the reference signals of the first time slot and the second time slot may be any one of the lines shown in FIG. 8A. The way to map.
如前所述,实施例二中,在频域上,在参考信号占用的每个资源单元中,
参考信号可占用不连续的多个子载波,或仅占用一个子载波。下面列举几种可选的频域映射方式,这些可选的频域映射方式不仅可适用于映射方式一,还可适用于实施例二的其他映射方式。As described above, in the second embodiment, in the frequency domain, in each resource unit occupied by the reference signal,
The reference signal may occupy a plurality of discontinuous subcarriers or occupy only one subcarrier. The following describes several optional frequency domain mapping modes. These optional frequency domain mapping modes are applicable not only to mapping mode 1, but also to other mapping modes of the second embodiment.
1、频域映射方式一1, frequency domain mapping method one
以图8A示出的第一行的时域映射方式为例,参考信号分别占用一个子帧的两个时隙中的符号0,1,4,5,在一个子帧中共占用8个符号。Taking the time domain mapping mode of the first row shown in FIG. 8A as an example, the reference signals occupy symbols 0, 1, 4, and 5 in two slots of one subframe, respectively, and occupy 8 symbols in one subframe.
频域映射方式如图8B所示,其中最下面一行的数字表示符号的编号。图8B示出频域映射方式中,该子帧为具有正常CP,频域上一个资源单元PRB包括12个子载波。在频域的方向上,在每个PRB中等间隔的放置了4个参考信号的子载波,并且在参考信号占用的不同的符号上,参考信号占用的子载波在频域上的位置相同。The frequency domain mapping manner is as shown in Fig. 8B, in which the number in the lowermost row indicates the number of the symbol. FIG. 8B shows a frequency domain mapping manner in which the subframe has a normal CP, and one resource unit PRB in the frequency domain includes 12 subcarriers. In the direction of the frequency domain, subcarriers of four reference signals are placed at medium intervals in each PRB, and the subcarriers occupied by the reference signals have the same position in the frequency domain on different symbols occupied by the reference signals.
2、频域映射方式二2. Frequency domain mapping method 2
可选地,参考信号在频域上占用的子载波的位置可交错出现,如下图8C所示。Alternatively, the positions of the subcarriers occupied by the reference signal in the frequency domain may be staggered as shown in FIG. 8C.
3、频域映射方式三3, frequency domain mapping mode three
图8D示出了参考信号在每个PRB上占用3个子载波的频域映射方式,并且在参考信号占用的不同符号上,参考信号占用的子载波在频域上的位置相同。FIG. 8D illustrates a frequency domain mapping manner in which the reference signal occupies 3 subcarriers on each PRB, and the subcarriers occupied by the reference signal have the same position in the frequency domain on different symbols occupied by the reference signal.
4、频域映射方式四4, frequency domain mapping method four
图8E示出的也是参考信号在每个PRB上占用3个子载波的频域映射方式,但与频域映射方式三不同的是,参考信号在频域上占用的子载波的位置可交错出现。FIG. 8E also shows a frequency domain mapping manner in which the reference signal occupies 3 subcarriers on each PRB, but unlike the frequency domain mapping mode 3, the positions of the subcarriers occupied by the reference signal in the frequency domain may be staggered.
如前所述,上述可选的频域映射方式不仅可适用于映射方式一,还可适用于实施例二的其他映射方式。参考信号的时域映射方式和频域映射方式两者不必绑定,可以相互组合。下面,为了描述简便,仅给出在不同情形下,参考信号在一个子帧内的各种时域映射方式。As described above, the foregoing optional frequency domain mapping mode can be applied not only to the mapping mode 1 but also to other mapping modes of the second embodiment. The time domain mapping mode and the frequency domain mapping mode of the reference signal do not have to be bound, and can be combined with each other. In the following, for the sake of simplicity of description, only various time domain mapping manners in which reference signals are within one subframe in different situations are given.
映射方式二
Mapping method two
映射方式二下,参考信号占用的子帧中有GAP,CP为正常CP,在时域上,参考信号在一个子帧中占用8个符号,在参考信号占用的子帧的两个时隙中,参考信号在每个时隙上分别占用4个符号。In mapping mode 2, there is a GAP in the subframe occupied by the reference signal, and the CP is a normal CP. In the time domain, the reference signal occupies 8 symbols in one subframe, and is in two slots of the subframe occupied by the reference signal. The reference signal occupies 4 symbols each time slot.
可选地,GAP位于一个子帧中的最后一个符号,不发送任何信息。如图8F所示,子帧中最后一个符号是符号6,为GAP。Optionally, the GAP is located in the last symbol in a subframe and does not send any information. As shown in FIG. 8F, the last symbol in the subframe is symbol 6, which is GAP.
映射方式二的几种可选的映射方式可如图8F所示。Several alternative mapping modes of mapping mode 2 can be as shown in FIG. 8F.
映射方式三Mapping method three
映射方式三下,参考信号占用的子帧中无GAP,CP为正常CP,在时域上,参考信号在一个子帧中占用6个符号,在参考信号占用的子帧的两个时隙中,参考信号在每个时隙上分别占用3个符号。In the mapping mode, there is no GAP in the subframe occupied by the reference signal, and the CP is a normal CP. In the time domain, the reference signal occupies 6 symbols in one subframe, and is in the two slots of the subframe occupied by the reference signal. The reference signal occupies 3 symbols on each time slot.
其中,一个子帧的第一个时隙与第二个时隙的参考信号映射方式可相同或不同,第一个时隙和第二时隙的参考信号均可以采用图8G中任一行所示的映射方式。The reference signal mapping manner of the first time slot and the second time slot of one subframe may be the same or different, and the reference signals of the first time slot and the second time slot may be any one of the lines shown in FIG. 8G. The way to map.
映射方式四Mapping method four
映射方式四下,参考信号占用的子帧中有GAP,CP为正常CP,在时域上,参考信号在一个子帧中占用6个符号,在参考信号占用的子帧的两个时隙中,参考信号在每个时隙上分别占用3个符号。In the mapping mode, the reference signal occupies a GAP in the subframe, and the CP is a normal CP. In the time domain, the reference signal occupies 6 symbols in one subframe, and is in the two slots of the subframe occupied by the reference signal. The reference signal occupies 3 symbols on each time slot.
可选地,GAP位于一个子帧中的最后一个符号,不发送任何信息。如图8H所示,子帧中最后一个符号是符号6,为GAP。Optionally, the GAP is located in the last symbol in a subframe and does not send any information. As shown in FIG. 8H, the last symbol in the subframe is symbol 6, which is GAP.
映射方式四的几种可选的映射方式可如图8H所示。Several alternative mapping modes of mapping mode 4 can be shown in Figure 8H.
映射方式五Mapping method five
映射方式五下,CP为正常CP,在参考信号占用的一个子帧中,在第一个时隙中,参考信号占用4个符号,可按照一个子帧参考信号占用8个符号时参考信号在第一个时隙中的映射方式进行映射;在第二个时隙中,参考信号占用3个符号,可按照一个子帧参考信号占用6个符号时参考信号在第二个时隙中的映射方式进行映射。当参考信号占用的符号中无GAP时,几个可选的映射方式的例子可如图8I所示,当参考信号占用的符号中有GAP,几个
可选的映射方式的例子可如图8J所示。In the mapping mode, the CP is a normal CP. In a subframe occupied by the reference signal, in the first time slot, the reference signal occupies 4 symbols, and the reference signal can be used when 8 subframes are occupied by one subframe reference signal. The mapping mode in the first time slot is mapped; in the second time slot, the reference signal occupies 3 symbols, and the mapping of the reference signal in the second time slot when 6 subframes are occupied by one subframe reference signal Way to map. When there is no GAP in the symbol occupied by the reference signal, an example of several optional mapping modes may be as shown in FIG. 8I. When the reference signal occupies a symbol, there are GAP, several
An example of an optional mapping method can be as shown in Figure 8J.
或者,在第一个时隙中,参考信号占用3个符号,在第二个时隙中,参考信号占用4个符号。可以有各种不同的组合,这里不做限定。Alternatively, in the first time slot, the reference signal occupies 3 symbols, and in the second time slot, the reference signal occupies 4 symbols. There can be a variety of different combinations, and are not limited here.
映射方式六Mapping method six
映射方式六下,CP为扩展CP,在参考信号占用的一个子帧中,参考信号占用7个符号。在第一个时隙中,参考信号占用4个符号,图8K中示出了几个映射方式的例子;在第二个时隙中,参考信号占用3个符号,图8L示出了几个映射方式的例子。In the mapping mode six, the CP is an extended CP, and the reference signal occupies 7 symbols in one subframe occupied by the reference signal. In the first time slot, the reference signal occupies 4 symbols, and an example of several mapping modes is shown in FIG. 8K; in the second time slot, the reference signal occupies 3 symbols, and FIG. 8L shows several An example of a mapping method.
映射方式七Mapping method seven
映射方式七下,参考信号占用的子帧中有GAP,CP为扩展CP,在参考信号占用的一个子帧中,参考信号占用7个符号。在该子帧的第一个时隙中,参考信号可采用图8K所示的任一种映射方式,在该子帧的第二个时隙中,参考信号可采用图8M所示的任一种映射方式。In the mapping mode, there is a GAP in the subframe occupied by the reference signal, and the CP is an extended CP. In one subframe occupied by the reference signal, the reference signal occupies 7 symbols. In the first time slot of the subframe, the reference signal may adopt any mapping manner as shown in FIG. 8K, and in the second time slot of the subframe, the reference signal may adopt any one shown in FIG. 8M. Mapping method.
映射方式八Mapping mode eight
映射方式八下,参考信号占用的子帧中无GAP,CP为扩展CP,在参考信号占用的一个子帧中,参考信号占用6个符号,其中,在该子帧的第一个和第二个时隙中,参考信号各占用3个符号,在第一个时隙和第二个时隙中参考信号均可采用图8L所示的任一种映射方式。In the mapping mode, there is no GAP in the subframe occupied by the reference signal, and the CP is an extended CP. In one subframe occupied by the reference signal, the reference signal occupies 6 symbols, wherein the first and second of the subframe In the time slots, the reference signals each occupy 3 symbols, and the reference signals in the first time slot and the second time slot may adopt any mapping manner as shown in FIG. 8L.
映射方式九Mapping method nine
映射方式九下,参考信号占用的子帧中最后一个符号是GAP,不发送任何信息,CP为扩展CP,在参考信号占用的一个子帧中,参考信号占用6个符号。在第一个时隙中,参考信号可采用图8L所示的任一种映射方式,在第二个时隙中,参考信号可采用图8M所示的任一种映射方式。In the mapping mode, the last symbol in the subframe occupied by the reference signal is GAP, no information is sent, and the CP is an extended CP. In one subframe occupied by the reference signal, the reference signal occupies 6 symbols. In the first time slot, the reference signal may adopt any one of the mapping modes shown in FIG. 8L, and in the second time slot, the reference signal may adopt any one of the mapping modes shown in FIG. 8M.
映射方式十Mapping method ten
映射方式十下,参考信号占用的子帧中无GAP,CP为扩展CP,在参考信号占用的一个子帧中,参考信号占用5个符号。在该子帧的第一个时隙中,参考信号占用3个符号,在第二时隙中,参考信号占用2个符号。
In the mapping mode, there is no GAP in the subframe occupied by the reference signal, and the CP is an extended CP. In one subframe occupied by the reference signal, the reference signal occupies 5 symbols. In the first time slot of the subframe, the reference signal occupies 3 symbols, and in the second time slot, the reference signal occupies 2 symbols.
其中,参考信号在第一个时隙的映射方式可如图8N所示,在第二个时隙的映射方式可如图8O所示。The mapping manner of the reference signal in the first time slot may be as shown in FIG. 8N, and the mapping manner in the second time slot may be as shown in FIG. 8O.
映射方式十一Mapping mode eleven
在映射方式十一下,参考信号占用的子帧中最后一个符号是GAP,CP为扩展CP,在参考信号占用的一个子帧中,参考信号占用5个符号。在该子帧的第一个时隙中,参考信号占用3个符号,在第二时隙中,参考信号占用2个符号。In mapping mode 11, the last symbol in the subframe occupied by the reference signal is GAP, and CP is an extended CP. In one subframe occupied by the reference signal, the reference signal occupies 5 symbols. In the first time slot of the subframe, the reference signal occupies 3 symbols, and in the second time slot, the reference signal occupies 2 symbols.
其中,参考信号在一个子帧的第一个时隙的映射方式可与映射方式十下的第一个时隙的映射方式相同,可如图8N所示,在第二个时隙的映射方式可如图8P所示。The mapping manner of the reference signal in the first time slot of one subframe may be the same as the mapping manner of the first time slot in the mapping mode, and may be mapped in the second time slot as shown in FIG. 8N. Can be as shown in Figure 8P.
图8F~图8P中,每一行代表一种可选的映射方式。其中数字0~6表示一个时隙中编号为0~6的符号。加粗有下划线的符号为参考信号占用的符号,其它为数据符号,不包括参考信号。In Figures 8F-8P, each row represents an alternative mapping method. The numbers 0 to 6 indicate symbols numbered 0 to 6 in one slot. The bold underlined symbol is the symbol occupied by the reference signal, and the others are data symbols, excluding the reference signal.
下面,具体介绍实施例三提供的将参考信号映射到同步子帧的各种可选的映射方式。In the following, various alternative mapping manners for mapping reference signals to synchronization subframes provided in Embodiment 3 are specifically described.
【实施例三】[Embodiment 3]
在实施例三中,参考信号映射到同步子帧中。同步子帧中包括同步信号,同步信号用于通信设备之间的同步。In the third embodiment, the reference signal is mapped into the synchronization subframe. A synchronization signal is included in the synchronization subframe, and the synchronization signal is used for synchronization between communication devices.
这里,同步子帧以目前D2D系统中的同步子帧为例。其中,PD2DSS为,SD2DSS为,该子帧中,最后一个符号可为GAP,或该子帧中不包括GAP。参考信号以DMRS为例。Here, the synchronization subframe is exemplified by a synchronization subframe in the current D2D system. Wherein, the PD2DSS is, and the SD2DSS is, in the subframe, the last symbol may be a GAP, or the GAP is not included in the subframe. The reference signal is exemplified by DMRS.
图9A示出了目前DMRS在D2D系统的同步子帧的映射方式。其中DMRS分别占用第一个时隙和第二个时隙的符号3。两个DMRS所占用的符号之间的符号以及第一个时隙的符号0用于发送PSBCH信号。图9A所示的时频资源在时域上占用1ms的子帧,在频域上占用6个PRB。FIG. 9A shows the manner in which the current DMRS is mapped in the synchronization subframe of the D2D system. The DMRS occupies the symbol 3 of the first time slot and the second time slot, respectively. The symbol between the symbols occupied by the two DMRSs and the symbol 0 of the first slot are used to transmit the PSBCH signal. The time-frequency resource shown in FIG. 9A occupies a subframe of 1 ms in the time domain, and occupies 6 PRBs in the frequency domain.
如前所述,为了适应高速移动场景和/或存在大频率偏差的场景,为了接收设备能够准确进行信道估计和/或频偏估计,在时域上,增大来了参考信号
的密度,并对参考信号之间的位置进行了设置,并且,可选地,在频域上可非连续映射,以减小参考信号在整个子帧中的开销。As mentioned above, in order to adapt to high-speed moving scenes and/or scenes with large frequency deviations, in order to accurately perform channel estimation and/or frequency offset estimation, the reference signal is increased in the time domain.
Density, and the position between the reference signals is set, and, optionally, non-continuously mapped in the frequency domain to reduce the overhead of the reference signal in the entire sub-frame.
下面参考图9B~图9D举例说明在同步子帧中是如果进行参考信号的映射的,以达到上述目的。其中可将参考信号确定为第一类参考信号,采用第一类参考信号,以达到上述目的。The mapping of the reference signals in the synchronization subframe is exemplified below with reference to FIGS. 9B to 9D to achieve the above object. The reference signal can be determined as the first type of reference signal, and the first type of reference signal is used to achieve the above purpose.
可选地,参考信号在同步子帧中可占用7个符号,其中,在第一个时隙中占用4个符号,如图8B所示,其中,P表示PD2DSS;在第二个时隙中占用3个符号,在同步子帧中无GAP时映射方式如图8C所示,在同步子帧中的最后一个符号为GAP时映射方式如图8D所示,图8C和图8D中,S表示SD2DSS。Optionally, the reference signal may occupy 7 symbols in the synchronization subframe, wherein 4 symbols are occupied in the first slot, as shown in FIG. 8B, where P represents PD2DSS; in the second slot The mapping mode is as shown in FIG. 8C when there is no GAP in the synchronization subframe, and the mapping mode is shown in FIG. 8D when the last symbol in the synchronization subframe is GAP. In FIG. 8C and FIG. 8D, S represents SD2DSS.
可选地,参考信号也可以在同步子帧中占用6个符号,其中,在第一个和第二个时隙分别占用3个符号,或者在第一个时隙占用4个符号,在第二个时隙占用2个符号。Optionally, the reference signal may also occupy 6 symbols in the synchronization subframe, where 3 symbols are occupied in the first and second slots, or 4 symbols are occupied in the first slot. Two time slots occupy 2 symbols.
可选地,参考信号还可以在同步子帧中占用5个符号,其中,在第一个时隙占用3个符号,在第二个时隙占用2个符号。Alternatively, the reference signal may also occupy 5 symbols in the synchronization subframe, wherein 3 symbols are occupied in the first slot and 2 symbols are occupied in the second slot.
本实施例二和实施例三中,当参考信号在一个子帧中占用的符号数扩展到至少5个时,由于在频域上采用非连续的映射方式,参考信号的开销与目前LTE协议中参考信号的开销基本相同,即没有增加额外的系统开销,而又提高了参考信号的时域密度,从而提高了对高速移动以及高频率偏差的场景的支持能力。In the second embodiment and the third embodiment, when the number of symbols occupied by the reference signal in one subframe is extended to at least five, the reference signal overhead is compared with the current LTE protocol due to the non-contiguous mapping manner in the frequency domain. The overhead of the reference signal is basically the same, that is, no additional system overhead is added, and the time domain density of the reference signal is increased, thereby improving the support for high-speed movement and high frequency deviation scenarios.
以上介绍了实施例二和实施例三中,通过发送第一类参考信号,以适应高速移动、高频率偏差等的场景。下面,通过实施例四和实施例五介绍本申请提供的功率调整方案,通过实施例四和实施例五,可解决前述的如下问题:The above describes the scenarios in which the first type of reference signals are transmitted in the second embodiment and the third embodiment to accommodate high-speed movement, high frequency deviation, and the like. The following describes the power adjustment scheme provided by the present application by using the fourth embodiment and the fifth embodiment. The following problems can be solved by using the fourth embodiment and the fifth embodiment:
由于参考信号的PAPR比数据高,当发送设备的发射机的发射功率进入饱和区域时,参考信号与数据的发射功率存在偏差,当对数据采用幅度调制时,可能会导致接收机在进行数据解调时发生错误。Since the PAPR of the reference signal is higher than the data, when the transmit power of the transmitter of the transmitting device enters the saturation region, the reference signal deviates from the transmit power of the data. When amplitude modulation is applied to the data, the receiver may perform data solution. An error occurred while tuning.
实施例四和实施例五中,发送设备501发送参考信号的过程、接收设备
502接收参考信号的过程可参考实施例一,其中,实施例四在实施例一的基础上,增加了发送设备501向接收设备502进行功率指示的步骤;实施例五在实施例一的基础上,发送设备501在发送参考信号之前,先进行了功率调整。In the fourth embodiment and the fifth embodiment, the sending device 501 sends a reference signal, and the receiving device
For the process of receiving the reference signal, reference may be made to the first embodiment. The fourth embodiment adds the power device 501 to the receiving device 502 according to the first embodiment. The fifth embodiment is based on the first embodiment. The transmitting device 501 performs power adjustment before transmitting the reference signal.
在适应高速移动和/或大频率偏差的场景时,实施例四和实施例五也可结合实施例二和实施例三提供的参考信号的映射方案,以提高接收设备502进行信道估计和频偏估计的正确性。The fourth embodiment and the fifth embodiment can also be combined with the reference signal mapping schemes provided in the second embodiment and the third embodiment to improve the channel estimation and frequency offset of the receiving device 502 in the scenario of adapting to the high-speed movement and/or large frequency deviation. The correctness of the estimate.
下面,结合附图对实施例四和实施例五加以说明。Hereinafter, Embodiment 4 and Embodiment 5 will be described with reference to the drawings.
【实施例四】[Embodiment 4]
实施例四中,发送设备501除了要向接收设备502发送参考信号和数据之外,还要发送功率指示信息,接收设备502根据收到的功率指示信息确定数据和参考信号的发射功率之间是否存在功率偏差,若存在功率偏差,则确定功率偏差值,并根据确定的功率偏差值进行数据解调。In the fourth embodiment, the transmitting device 501 sends power indication information in addition to the reference signal and data to the receiving device 502, and the receiving device 502 determines whether the data and the transmission power of the reference signal are determined according to the received power indication information. There is a power deviation, and if there is a power deviation, the power deviation value is determined, and data demodulation is performed according to the determined power deviation value.
实施例四中,涉及两种信号:第一信号和第二信号。In the fourth embodiment, two kinds of signals are involved: a first signal and a second signal.
其中,第一信号用于承载不包括参考信号的符号中数据,第二信号为第一信号所在子帧中包括参考信号的符号,这些符号中仅承载参考信号或承载参考信号和数据;或The first signal is used to carry data in a symbol that does not include a reference signal, and the second signal is a symbol that includes a reference signal in a subframe in which the first signal is located, where only the reference signal or the bearer reference signal and data are carried; or
第一信号用于承载包括参考信号的符号中的数据,第二信号为该符号中的参考信号。The first signal is used to carry data in a symbol comprising a reference signal, and the second signal is a reference signal in the symbol.
实施例四中,涉及两个发射功率值:第一发射功率值和第二发射功率值,第一发射功率值为第一信号的发射功率值,第二发射功率值为第二信号的发射功率值。当第一发射功率值大于发射功率阈值时,第一发射功率值和第二发射功率值之间存在功率偏差值,第一发射功率值小于第二发射功率值。In the fourth embodiment, two transmit power values are involved: a first transmit power value and a second transmit power value, the first transmit power value is a transmit power value of the first signal, and the second transmit power value is a transmit power of the second signal. value. When the first transmit power value is greater than the transmit power threshold, there is a power offset value between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value, and the first transmit power value is less than the second transmit power value.
实施例四中,涉及一个发射功率阈值,该发射功率阈值用于判断是否存在上述功率偏差值。In the fourth embodiment, a transmission power threshold is used, and the transmission power threshold is used to determine whether the power deviation value exists.
实施例四中,涉及第一功率指示信息,第一功率指示信息用于指示:In the fourth embodiment, the first power indication information is used, where the first power indication information is used to indicate:
第一发射功率值大于发射功率阈值;或The first transmit power value is greater than a transmit power threshold; or
第一发射功率值与第二信号的第二发射功率值之间的功率偏差值;或
a power deviation value between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value of the second signal; or
第一发射功率值与第二发射功率值之间存在功率偏差;或a power deviation between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value; or
第一发射功率值;First transmit power value;
可选地,还可涉及第二功率指示信息,该第二功率指示信息用于指示:Optionally, the second power indication information is further involved, where the second power indication information is used to indicate:
第一发射功率值不大于发射功率阈值;或The first transmit power value is not greater than the transmit power threshold; or
第一发射功率值与第二发射功率值之间不存在功率偏差;或There is no power deviation between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value; or
第一发射功率值。The first transmit power value.
可选地,第一功率指示信息用于指示第一发射功率值与第二发射功率值之间存在功率偏差,第二功率指示信息用于指示第一发射功率值与第二发射功率值之间不存在功率偏差,则在具体实现时,可通过1bit信息指示第一发射功率值与第二发射功率值之间是否存在功率偏差,若该1bit信息为“0”表示第一发射功率值与第二发射功率值之间不存在功率偏差,若该1bit信息为“1”表示第一发射功率值与第二发射功率值之间存在功率偏差。Optionally, the first power indication information is used to indicate that there is a power deviation between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value, and the second power indication information is used to indicate between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value. If there is no power deviation, in the specific implementation, whether there is a power deviation between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value may be indicated by the 1 bit information, if the 1 bit information is “0”, the first transmit power value and the first There is no power deviation between the two transmit power values. If the 1-bit information is "1", there is a power deviation between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value.
图10示出了实施例四中,发送设备501和接收设备502之间的交互流程的流程图,该流程包括如下步骤:FIG. 10 is a flow chart showing the flow of interaction between the transmitting device 501 and the receiving device 502 in Embodiment 4, the process including the following steps:
S1001:第一信号的发送设备501获取第一发射功率值Ptx;S1001: The transmitting device 501 of the first signal acquires the first transmit power value Ptx;
S1002:判断第一发射功率值是否大于发射功率阈值Ptx_th-Δ,若是,则执行步骤S1003,若否,则可选地,执行步骤S1006;S1002: determining whether the first transmit power value is greater than the transmit power threshold Ptx_th-Δ, and if so, executing step S1003, if not, optionally performing step S1006;
在判断时可将Ptx+Δ与Ptx_th进行比较,若(Ptx+Δ)>Ptx_th,则第一发射功率大于发射功率阈值。这里,Δ是预设的参数,用来确定参考信号与数据之间因为PAPR的问题而产生的功率偏差值;Ptx_th,是预定义的参数,用来判断发射机的发射功率是否进入饱和区域的门限值。例如,发送设备501的饱和功率为23dBm,Δ=2dB。则如果Ptx>21dBm即表明参考信号的发射功率产生了饱和。其对应的物理意义为,实际上在参考信号的发射功率为Ptx-Δ,而数据的发射功率为Ptx。并且,进一步的Δ的取值与以下因素有关:In the judgment, Ptx+Δ can be compared with Ptx_th. If (Ptx+Δ)>Ptx_th, the first transmit power is greater than the transmit power threshold. Here, Δ is a preset parameter used to determine the power deviation value between the reference signal and the data due to the PAPR problem; Ptx_th is a predefined parameter used to determine whether the transmitter's transmit power enters the saturation region. Threshold. For example, the saturation power of the transmitting device 501 is 23 dBm, Δ = 2 dB. Then, if Ptx>21dBm, it indicates that the transmission power of the reference signal is saturated. The corresponding physical meaning is that the transmission power of the reference signal is actually Ptx-Δ, and the transmission power of the data is Ptx. Also, the value of further Δ is related to the following factors:
1、参考信号所在子帧的数据的调制方式,比如:正交相移键控(Quadrature Phase Shift Keying,QPSK)、16QAM、64QAM等。1. The modulation method of the data of the sub-frame in which the reference signal is located, such as Quadrature Phase Shift Keying (QPSK), 16QAM, 64QAM, and the like.
2、参考信号所在子帧的数据的多载波方式,比如:单载波频分复用(Single
Carrier-Frequency Division Multiplexing,SC-FDM),OFDM、码分多址接入(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)等;2. Multi-carrier mode of data of the subframe in which the reference signal is located, for example: single carrier frequency division multiplexing (Single)
Carrier-Frequency Division Multiplexing (SC-FDM), OFDM, Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA), etc.;
3、系统带宽;比如:1.4MHz、3MHz、5MHz、10MHz和20MHz等;3, system bandwidth; for example: 1.4MHz, 3MHz, 5MHz, 10MHz and 20MHz;
4、参考信号所在子帧中数据占用的带宽,比如:1.4MHz、3MHz、5MHz、10MHz和20MHz等;4. The bandwidth occupied by the data in the sub-frame where the reference signal is located, for example, 1.4 MHz, 3 MHz, 5 MHz, 10 MHz, and 20 MHz;
5、参考信号映射到物理资源上的映射方式,比如:按照不同的映射方式划分不同的参考信号的类型,那么这里也可以根据参考信号的类型确定Δ的取值。5. The reference signal is mapped to the mapping mode on the physical resource. For example, the types of different reference signals are divided according to different mapping manners, and then the value of Δ can also be determined according to the type of the reference signal.
S1003:发送设备501向第一信号的接收设备502发送第一功率指示信息;S1003: The sending device 501 sends the first power indication information to the receiving device 502 of the first signal.
S1004:接收设备502在收到该第一功率指示信息后,确定第一发射功率值与第二信号的第二发射功率值之间存在功率偏差;S1004: After receiving the first power indication information, the receiving device 502 determines that there is a power deviation between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value of the second signal.
S1005:接收设备502确定功率偏差值,并根据确定的功率偏差值解调第一信号中的数据或第一信号所在子帧中的数据,根据前述的公式1,接收设备502从估计得到的数据符号中去掉功率偏差值对应的幅度值即可正确解调数据;S1005: The receiving device 502 determines a power deviation value, and demodulates the data in the first signal or the data in the subframe where the first signal is located according to the determined power deviation value. According to the foregoing formula 1, the receiving device 502 obtains the estimated data. The amplitude value corresponding to the power deviation value is removed from the symbol to correctly demodulate the data;
S1006:发送设备501向接收设备502发送第二功率指示信息;S1006: The sending device 501 sends the second power indication information to the receiving device 502.
S1007:接收设备502收到第二功率指示信息之后,确定第一发射功率值与第二信号的第二发射功率值之间不存在功率偏差。S1007: After receiving the second power indication information, the receiving device 502 determines that there is no power deviation between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value of the second signal.
其中,若第一功率指示信息用于指示功率偏差值,则发送设备501在执行步骤S1003之前,可根据下列信息中的至少一项,确定功率偏差值Δ:Wherein, if the first power indication information is used to indicate the power deviation value, the transmitting device 501 may determine the power deviation value Δ according to at least one of the following information before performing step S1003:
参考信号映射到物理资源的映射方式、参考信号所在子帧中数据的调制方式、参考信号所在子帧中数据的多载波方式、系统带宽和参考信号所在子帧中数据占用的带宽;The mapping manner of the reference signal to the physical resource, the modulation mode of the data in the subframe where the reference signal is located, the multi-carrier mode of the data in the subframe where the reference signal is located, the system bandwidth, and the bandwidth occupied by the data in the subframe where the reference signal is located;
其中,参考信号的类型包括第一类参考信号和第二类参考信号,第一类参考信号在一个子帧中占用的符号数比第二类参考信号在一个子帧中占用的符号数多。The type of the reference signal includes a first type of reference signal and a second type of reference signal. The first type of reference signal occupies more symbols in one subframe than the second type of reference signal occupies in one subframe.
此外,接收设备502在执行步骤S1005时,也可根据上述信息中的至少
一项,确定功率偏差值Δ。In addition, the receiving device 502 may also perform at least one of the foregoing information when performing step S1005.
One, determine the power deviation value Δ.
比如:发送设备501和接收设备502可通过查表的方式确定功率偏差值Δ。表2给出了在不同的调制方式和多载波方式下,当参考信号为DMRS时的Δ取值。下表2中比较的基准是数据传输时使用的是SC-FDM调制,并且这个数据符号的各个频域子载波中无参考信号。For example, the transmitting device 501 and the receiving device 502 can determine the power deviation value Δ by means of a look-up table. Table 2 shows the delta values when the reference signal is DMRS in different modulation modes and multi-carrier modes. The reference for comparison in Table 2 below is that SC-FDM modulation is used for data transmission, and there is no reference signal in each frequency domain subcarrier of this data symbol.
表2、功率偏差值ΔTable 2, power deviation value Δ
【实施例五】[Embodiment 5]
实施例五中,发送设备501在确定数据的发射功率大于发射功率阈值时,进行功率调整,以避免发射机的发射功率进入饱和区域。In the fifth embodiment, when the transmitting device determines that the transmit power of the data is greater than the transmit power threshold, the power adjustment is performed to prevent the transmit power of the transmitter from entering the saturated region.
实施例五中,也涉及两种信号:第一信号和第二信号。与实施例四中的第一信号和第二信号的含义相同。In the fifth embodiment, two kinds of signals are also involved: the first signal and the second signal. It has the same meaning as the first signal and the second signal in the fourth embodiment.
实施例四中,涉及第一发射功率值和第二发射功率值,第一发射功率值为第一信号的发射功率值,第二发射功率值为第二信号的发射功率值。当第一发射功率值大于发射功率阈值时,第一发射功率值和第二发射功率值之间存在功率偏差值,第一发射功率值小于第二发射功率值。In the fourth embodiment, the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value are involved, the first transmit power value is a transmit power value of the first signal, and the second transmit power value is a transmit power value of the second signal. When the first transmit power value is greater than the transmit power threshold, there is a power offset value between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value, and the first transmit power value is less than the second transmit power value.
实施例五中,涉及一个发射功率阈值,该发射功率阈值用于判断是否存在上述功率偏差值,含义同实施例四。In the fifth embodiment, a transmission power threshold is used, and the transmission power threshold is used to determine whether the power deviation value is present, which is the same as the fourth embodiment.
实施例五中,当发送设备501确定第一发射功率值大于发射功率阈值时,不再向接收设备502发送功率指示信息,而是进行发送设备501的功率调整。In the fifth embodiment, when the sending device 501 determines that the first transmit power value is greater than the transmit power threshold, the power indication information is no longer sent to the receiving device 502, but the power adjustment of the transmitting device 501 is performed.
图11示出了实施例五中,发送设备501的处理流程包括如下步骤:
FIG. 11 shows a process flow of the sending device 501 in the fifth embodiment, including the following steps:
S1101:获取第一发射功率值;S1101: Acquire a first transmit power value.
S1102:判断第一发射功率值是否大于发射功率阈值,若是,则执行步骤S1103;S1102: determining whether the first transmit power value is greater than the transmit power threshold, and if so, executing step S1103;
S1103:确定功率调整量;S1103: determining a power adjustment amount;
其中,发送设备501可采用实施例四中发送设备501或接收设备502确定功率偏差值Δ的方式确定Δ,并将Δ作为功率调整量。The transmitting device 501 can determine Δ by using the transmitting device 501 or the receiving device 502 in the fourth embodiment to determine the power deviation value Δ, and use Δ as the power adjustment amount.
这里,以参考信号映射方式对应不同类型的参考信号为例,来说明发送设备501确定功率调整量的方法。假设存在两种参考信号类型,一种是前述的第一类参考信号,另一种是前述的第二类参考信号,这两类参考信号的PAPR不同,因此对应不同的功率调整量。发送设备501可根据参考信号是第一类参考信号还是第二类参考信号来确定功率调整量。Here, a method in which the transmission device 501 determines the power adjustment amount is described by taking a reference signal mapping manner corresponding to different types of reference signals as an example. It is assumed that there are two types of reference signals, one is the aforementioned first type of reference signal, and the other is the aforementioned second type of reference signal. The PAPR of the two types of reference signals are different, and thus correspond to different power adjustment amounts. The transmitting device 501 can determine the power adjustment amount according to whether the reference signal is the first type of reference signal or the second type of reference signal.
S1104:进行如下功率调整:将第一信号的发射功率减小功率调整量,以及将第二信号的发射功率减小功率调整量(即确保所有信号的发射功率不进入饱和区)或保持第二信号的发射功率不变(此时只减少数据的发射功率,在进入饱和区后第一信号的有效发射功率与第二信号的有效发射功率相同)。S1104: performing power adjustment: reducing a transmit power of the first signal by a power adjustment amount, and reducing a transmit power of the second signal by a power adjustment amount (ie, ensuring that a transmit power of all signals does not enter a saturation region) or maintaining the second The transmit power of the signal is constant (only the transmit power of the data is reduced at this time, and the effective transmit power of the first signal after entering the saturation region is the same as the effective transmit power of the second signal).
实施例四和实施例五中,通过发送设备501进行功率调整,或者向接收设备502指示存在功率偏差,使得接收设备502在进行数据解调时,能够根据参考信号进行准确的信道估计,根据得到的准确的信道估计结果对数据进行正确解调,提高了数据解调的准确性。In the fourth embodiment and the fifth embodiment, the power adjustment is performed by the sending device 501, or the power device is indicated to the receiving device 502, so that the receiving device 502 can perform accurate channel estimation according to the reference signal when performing data demodulation. The accurate channel estimation results correctly demodulate the data and improve the accuracy of data demodulation.
下面,介绍实施例六提供的参考信号的发送方案。实施例六中,发送设备501在发送参考信号时,可根据不同的场景采用不同类型的参考信号,以达到灵活使用参考信号,提高接收设备502信道估计的准确性,并减小参考信号开销的目的,在保证通信质量的前提下获得更大的频谱效率。Next, the transmission scheme of the reference signal provided in Embodiment 6 will be described. In the sixth embodiment, when transmitting the reference signal, the sending device 501 can use different types of reference signals according to different scenarios, so as to achieve flexible use of the reference signal, improve the accuracy of the channel estimation of the receiving device 502, and reduce the reference signal overhead. The purpose is to obtain greater spectral efficiency while ensuring communication quality.
实施例六提供的方案可适用于上述实施例一~实施例五中的任何一个。实施例六中,发送设备501发送参考信号的过程可参考实施例一,接收设备502接收参考信号的过程也可参考实施例一。The solution provided in Embodiment 6 can be applied to any one of Embodiments 1 to 5 above. In the sixth embodiment, the process of transmitting the reference signal by the sending device 501 may refer to the first embodiment, and the process of receiving the reference signal by the receiving device 502 may also refer to the first embodiment.
【实施例六】
[Embodiment 6]
图12示出了实施例六中发送设备501和接收设备502之间可选的交互流程,该流程包括如下步骤:FIG. 12 is a flowchart showing an optional interaction process between the sending device 501 and the receiving device 502 in the sixth embodiment, where the process includes the following steps:
S1201:发送设备501根据自身同步到的同步源的类型和/或参考信号的发送设备的移动速度,确定参考信号为第一类参考信号或第二类参考信号;S1201: The sending device 501 determines, according to the type of the synchronization source that is synchronized by itself and/or the moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal, that the reference signal is the first type reference signal or the second type reference signal;
S1202:发送设备501生成参考信号;S1202: The sending device 501 generates a reference signal.
S1203:发送设备501将生成的参考信号发送出去;S1203: The sending device 501 sends the generated reference signal.
S1204:接收设备502确定发送设备501发送的参考信号的类型;S1204: The receiving device 502 determines the type of the reference signal sent by the sending device 501.
S1205:接收设备502按照确定的参考信号的类型接收参考信号;S1205: The receiving device 502 receives the reference signal according to the determined type of the reference signal;
S1206:接收设备502对接收的参考信号进行信号处理。S1206: The receiving device 502 performs signal processing on the received reference signal.
其中,发送设备501可预先将用于指示参考信号类型的类型指示信息发给接收设备502,接收设备502根据收到的该指示信息确定参考信号类型。The sending device 501 may send the type indication information for indicating the type of the reference signal to the receiving device 502 in advance, and the receiving device 502 determines the reference signal type according to the received indication information.
步骤S1201中,发送设备501可采用如下方式确定参考信号的类型:In step S1201, the sending device 501 can determine the type of the reference signal in the following manner:
若发送设备501同步到的同步源的类型为同步精度低于精度阈值的同步源,或发送设备501的移动速度高于移动速度阈值,则确定参考信号为第一类参考信号;If the type of the synchronization source to which the sending device 501 is synchronized is a synchronization source whose synchronization precision is lower than the precision threshold, or the moving speed of the transmitting device 501 is higher than the moving speed threshold, determining that the reference signal is the first type of reference signal;
若发送设备501同步到的同步源的类型为同步精度不低于精度阈值的同步源,且发送设备501的移动速度不高于移动速度阈值,则确定参考信号为第二类参考信号。If the type of the synchronization source to which the transmitting device 501 is synchronized is a synchronization source whose synchronization precision is not lower than the precision threshold, and the moving speed of the transmitting device 501 is not higher than the moving speed threshold, it is determined that the reference signal is the second type of reference signal.
【实施例七】[Embodiment 7]
图13为本申请实施例七提供的第一种参考信号发送设备的结构示意图。如图13所示,该设备包括:FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a first reference signal sending apparatus according to Embodiment 7 of the present application. As shown in Figure 13, the device includes:
处理模块1301,用于生成参考信号,参考信号为第一类参考信号;The processing module 1301 is configured to generate a reference signal, where the reference signal is a first type of reference signal;
发送模块1302,用于将处理模块1301生成的参考信号发送出去;The sending module 1302 is configured to send the reference signal generated by the processing module 1301.
其中,在时域上,在第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中,第一类参考信号占用至少五个符号,以及至少五个符号中存在两个符号,存在的两个符号的符号间间隔不大于两个符号。Wherein, in the time domain, in each subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal, the first type of reference signal occupies at least five symbols, and at least five symbols have two symbols, and the symbols of the two symbols present The interval is no more than two symbols.
可选地,在子帧的每一个时隙中,第一类参考信号占用至少两个符号。
Optionally, in each time slot of the subframe, the first type of reference signal occupies at least two symbols.
可选地,在频域上,在第一类参考信号占用的每一个资源单元中,参考信号占用不连续的多个子载波。Optionally, in the frequency domain, in each resource unit occupied by the first type of reference signal, the reference signal occupies a plurality of discontinuous subcarriers.
可选地,在频域上,在第一类参考信号占用的每一个资源单元中,第一类参考信号占用至少三个子载波。Optionally, in the frequency domain, in each resource unit occupied by the first type of reference signal, the first type of reference signal occupies at least three subcarriers.
可选地,在时域上,在第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中,第一参考信号占用的符号数小于该子帧中的可用于传输数据的符号数。Optionally, in the time domain, in each subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal, the number of symbols occupied by the first reference signal is smaller than the number of symbols in the subframe that can be used for transmitting data.
可选地,在时域上,在第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中的每一个时隙中,参考信号占用相邻的多个符号。Optionally, in the time domain, in each of the time slots occupied by the first type of reference signal, the reference signal occupies adjacent symbols.
可选地,在第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中的每一个时隙中,第一类参考信号分别占用两组符号,每一组符号包括相邻的多个符号。Optionally, in each time slot in each subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal, the first type of reference signals respectively occupy two sets of symbols, and each set of symbols includes adjacent multiple symbols.
可选地,若第一类参考信号占用的子帧为正常CP子帧,则第一类参考信号在占用的子帧中的一个时隙中占用的符号包括:Optionally, if the subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal is a normal CP subframe, the symbols occupied by the first type of reference signal in one slot of the occupied subframe include:
符号0,符号1,符号4,符号5,或者 Symbol 0, symbol 1, symbol 4, symbol 5, or
符号0,符号1,符号3,符号4,或者 Symbol 0, symbol 1, symbol 3, symbol 4, or
符号1,符号2,符号4,符号5,或者 Symbol 1, symbol 2, symbol 4, symbol 5, or
符号1,符号2,符号5,符号6; Symbol 1, symbol 2, symbol 5, symbol 6;
若第一类参考信号占用的子帧为正常CP子帧,则第一类参考信号在占用的子帧中的一个时隙中占用的符号包括:If the subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal is a normal CP subframe, the symbols occupied by the first type of reference signal in one slot of the occupied subframe include:
符号0,符号1,符号4,符号5,或者 Symbol 0, symbol 1, symbol 4, symbol 5, or
符号0,符号1,符号3,符号4,或者 Symbol 0, symbol 1, symbol 3, symbol 4, or
符号1,符号2,符号4,符号5,或者 Symbol 1, symbol 2, symbol 4, symbol 5, or
符号0,符号2,符号3,符号5。 Symbol 0, symbol 2, symbol 3, symbol 5.
可选地,第一类参考信号占用的子帧包括:同步子帧和/或非同步子帧;Optionally, the subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal includes: a synchronization subframe and/or an asynchronous subframe;
同步子帧中包括同步信号,非同步子帧中不包括同步信号。The synchronization signal is included in the synchronization subframe, and the synchronization signal is not included in the asynchronous subframe.
可选地,发送设备和参考信号的接收设备均为终端设备;或Optionally, the receiving device of the sending device and the reference signal are both terminal devices; or
发送设备为终端设备,参考信号的接收设备为网络设备;The sending device is a terminal device, and the receiving device of the reference signal is a network device;
发送设备为网络设备,参考信号的接收设备为终端设备;或
The transmitting device is a network device, and the receiving device of the reference signal is a terminal device; or
发送设备和参考信号的接收设备均为网络设备;The receiving device of the transmitting device and the reference signal are both network devices;
可选地,网络设备包括基站,终端设备包括用户设备UE或路侧单元RSU。Optionally, the network device comprises a base station, and the terminal device comprises a user equipment UE or a roadside unit RSU.
可选地,在第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中,最后一个符号为空符号GAP。Optionally, in each subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal, the last symbol is an empty symbol GAP.
可选地,第一类参考信号为同一个天线端口发送的参考信号。Optionally, the first type of reference signal is a reference signal sent by the same antenna port.
可选地,处理模块1301还用于:在生成参考信号之前,Optionally, the processing module 1301 is further configured to: before generating the reference signal,
根据参考信号的发送设备同步到的同步源的类型和/或参考信号的发送设备的移动速度,确定参考信号为第一类参考信号。The reference signal is determined to be the first type of reference signal according to the type of the synchronization source to which the transmitting device of the reference signal is synchronized and/or the moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal.
可选地,若参考信号的发送设备同步到的同步源的类型为同步精度低于精度阈值的同步源,或参考信号的发送设备的移动速度高于移动速度阈值,则确定参考信号为第一类参考信号。Optionally, if the type of the synchronization source to which the transmitting device of the reference signal is synchronized is a synchronization source whose synchronization precision is lower than the precision threshold, or the moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal is higher than the moving speed threshold, determining the reference signal as the first Class reference signal.
实施例七中,参考信号的发送设备发送参考信号的可选过程可参考实施例一中图6所示的发送过程。参考信号的发送设备的各种可选实现方式可参考实施例二和实施例三中发送设备501的操作,其中,处理模块1301可用于执行发送设备501的处理操作,发送模块1302可用于执行发送设备501的发送操作。In the seventh embodiment, the optional process of transmitting the reference signal by the sending device of the reference signal may refer to the sending process shown in FIG. 6 in the first embodiment. For various alternative implementations of the transmitting device of the reference signal, reference may be made to the operations of the transmitting device 501 in the second embodiment and the third embodiment, wherein the processing module 1301 is operable to perform processing operations of the transmitting device 501, and the transmitting module 1302 is configured to perform transmission. The transmitting operation of the device 501.
其中,处理模块1301可由处理器实现,发送模块1302可由发射器实现。The processing module 1301 can be implemented by a processor, and the sending module 1302 can be implemented by a transmitter.
【实施例八】[Embodiment 8]
图14为本申请实施例八提供的第二种参考信号发送设备的结构示意图。如图14所示,该设备包括:FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a second reference signal sending apparatus according to Embodiment 8 of the present application. As shown in Figure 14, the device includes:
处理器1401,用于生成参考信号,参考信号为第一类参考信号;The processor 1401 is configured to generate a reference signal, where the reference signal is a first type of reference signal;
发射器1402,用于将处理器1401生成的参考信号发送出去;a transmitter 1402, configured to send a reference signal generated by the processor 1401;
其中,在时域上,在第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中,第一类参考信号占用至少五个符号,以及至少五个符号中存在两个符号,存在的两个符号的符号间间隔不大于两个符号。Wherein, in the time domain, in each subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal, the first type of reference signal occupies at least five symbols, and at least five symbols have two symbols, and the symbols of the two symbols present The interval is no more than two symbols.
其中,处理器1401的各种可选实现方式可参考处理模块1301,发射器1402的各种可选实现方式可参考发送模块1302。
The various implementations of the processor 1401 may refer to the processing module 1301. The various implementations of the transmitter 1402 may refer to the sending module 1302.
实施例七中,参考信号的发送设备发送参考信号的可选过程可参考实施例一中图6所示的发送过程。参考信号的发送设备的各种可选实现方式可参考实施例二和实施例三中发送设备501的操作,其中,处理器1401可用于执行发送设备501的处理操作,发射器1402可用于执行发送设备501的发送操作,发射器1402发送的参考信号可通过连接的一根或多根天线发射出去。In the seventh embodiment, the optional process of transmitting the reference signal by the sending device of the reference signal may refer to the sending process shown in FIG. 6 in the first embodiment. For various alternative implementations of the transmitting device of the reference signal, reference may be made to the operations of the transmitting device 501 in the second embodiment and the third embodiment, wherein the processor 1401 is operable to perform processing operations of the transmitting device 501, and the transmitter 1402 is operable to perform transmission. The transmitting operation of the device 501, the reference signal transmitted by the transmitter 1402 can be transmitted through one or more connected antennas.
【实施例九】[Embodiment 9]
图15为本申请实施例九提供的第一种参考信号接收设备的结构示意图。如图15所示,该设备包括:FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a first reference signal receiving apparatus according to Embodiment 9 of the present application. As shown in Figure 15, the device includes:
接收模块1501,用于接收参考信号;a receiving module 1501, configured to receive a reference signal;
处理模块1502,用于对接收模块1502接收到的参考信号进行信号处理;The processing module 1502 is configured to perform signal processing on the reference signal received by the receiving module 1502.
其中,在时域上,在第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中,第一类参考信号占用至少五个符号,以及至少五个符号中存在两个符号,存在的两个符号的符号间间隔不大于两个符号。Wherein, in the time domain, in each subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal, the first type of reference signal occupies at least five symbols, and at least five symbols have two symbols, and the symbols of the two symbols present The interval is no more than two symbols.
可选地,在子帧的每一个时隙中,第一类参考信号占用至少两个符号,Optionally, in each time slot of the subframe, the first type of reference signal occupies at least two symbols,
可选地,在频域上,在第一类参考信号占用的每一个资源单元中,参考信号占用不连续的多个子载波。Optionally, in the frequency domain, in each resource unit occupied by the first type of reference signal, the reference signal occupies a plurality of discontinuous subcarriers.
可选地,在频域上,在第一类参考信号占用的每一个资源单元中,第一类参考信号占用至少三个子载波。Optionally, in the frequency domain, in each resource unit occupied by the first type of reference signal, the first type of reference signal occupies at least three subcarriers.
可选地,在时域上,在第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中,第一参考信号占用的符号数小于该子帧中的可用于传输数据的符号数。Optionally, in the time domain, in each subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal, the number of symbols occupied by the first reference signal is smaller than the number of symbols in the subframe that can be used for transmitting data.
可选地,在时域上,在第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中的每一个时隙中,参考信号占用相邻的多个符号。Optionally, in the time domain, in each of the time slots occupied by the first type of reference signal, the reference signal occupies adjacent symbols.
可选地,在第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中的每一个时隙中,第一类参考信号分别占用两组符号,每一组符号包括相邻的多个符号。Optionally, in each time slot in each subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal, the first type of reference signals respectively occupy two sets of symbols, and each set of symbols includes adjacent multiple symbols.
可选地,若第一类参考信号占用的子帧为正常CP子帧,则第一类参考信号在占用的子帧中的一个时隙中占用的符号包括:Optionally, if the subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal is a normal CP subframe, the symbols occupied by the first type of reference signal in one slot of the occupied subframe include:
符号0,符号1,符号4,符号5,或者
Symbol 0, symbol 1, symbol 4, symbol 5, or
符号0,符号1,符号3,符号4,或者 Symbol 0, symbol 1, symbol 3, symbol 4, or
符号1,符号2,符号4,符号5,或者 Symbol 1, symbol 2, symbol 4, symbol 5, or
符号1,符号2,符号5,符号6; Symbol 1, symbol 2, symbol 5, symbol 6;
若第一类参考信号占用的子帧为正常CP子帧,则第一类参考信号在占用的子帧中的一个时隙中占用的符号包括:If the subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal is a normal CP subframe, the symbols occupied by the first type of reference signal in one slot of the occupied subframe include:
符号0,符号1,符号4,符号5,或者 Symbol 0, symbol 1, symbol 4, symbol 5, or
符号0,符号1,符号3,符号4,或者 Symbol 0, symbol 1, symbol 3, symbol 4, or
符号1,符号2,符号4,符号5,或者 Symbol 1, symbol 2, symbol 4, symbol 5, or
符号0,符号2,符号3,符号5。 Symbol 0, symbol 2, symbol 3, symbol 5.
可选地,第一类参考信号占用的子帧包括:同步子帧和/或非同步子帧;Optionally, the subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal includes: a synchronization subframe and/or an asynchronous subframe;
同步子帧中包括同步信号,非同步子帧中不包括同步信号。The synchronization signal is included in the synchronization subframe, and the synchronization signal is not included in the asynchronous subframe.
可选地,参考信号的发送设备和接收设备均为终端设备;或Optionally, the sending device and the receiving device of the reference signal are both terminal devices; or
参考信号的发送设备为终端设备,接收设备为网络设备;The transmitting device of the reference signal is a terminal device, and the receiving device is a network device;
参考信号的发送设备为网络设备,接收设备为终端设备;或The transmitting device of the reference signal is a network device, and the receiving device is a terminal device; or
参考信号的发送设备和接收设备均为网络设备;The transmitting device and the receiving device of the reference signal are both network devices;
可选地,网络设备包括基站,终端设备包括用户设备UE或路侧单元RSU。Optionally, the network device comprises a base station, and the terminal device comprises a user equipment UE or a roadside unit RSU.
可选地,在第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中,最后一个符号为空符号GAP。Optionally, in each subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal, the last symbol is an empty symbol GAP.
可选地,第一类参考信号为同一个天线端口发送的参考信号。Optionally, the first type of reference signal is a reference signal sent by the same antenna port.
实施例九中,参考信号的接收设备接收和处理参考信号的可选过程可参考实施例一中图7所示的过程。参考信号的接收设备的各种可选实现方式可参考实施例二和实施例三中接收设备502的操作,其中,处理模块1502可用于执行接收设备502的处理操作,接收模块1501可用于执行接收设备502的接收操作。In the embodiment 9, the optional process of receiving and processing the reference signal by the receiving device of the reference signal may refer to the process shown in FIG. 7 in the first embodiment. For various alternative implementations of the receiving device of the reference signal, reference may be made to the operations of the receiving device 502 in the second embodiment and the third embodiment, wherein the processing module 1502 is operable to perform processing operations of the receiving device 502, and the receiving module 1501 is operable to perform receiving The receiving operation of device 502.
其中,处理模块1502可由处理器实现,接收模块1501可由接收器实现。The processing module 1502 can be implemented by a processor, and the receiving module 1501 can be implemented by a receiver.
【实施例十】[Embodiment 10]
图16为本申请实施例十提供的第一种参考信号接收设备的结构示意图。
如图16所示,该设备包括:FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a first reference signal receiving apparatus according to Embodiment 10 of the present application.
As shown in Figure 16, the device includes:
接收器1601,用于接收参考信号;a receiver 1601, configured to receive a reference signal;
处理器1602,用于对接收器1602接收到的参考信号进行信号处理;The processor 1602 is configured to perform signal processing on the reference signal received by the receiver 1602.
其中,在时域上,在第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中,第一类参考信号占用至少五个符号,以及至少五个符号中存在两个符号,存在的两个符号的符号间间隔不大于两个符号。Wherein, in the time domain, in each subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal, the first type of reference signal occupies at least five symbols, and at least five symbols have two symbols, and the symbols of the two symbols present The interval is no more than two symbols.
实施例十中,接收器1601的各种可选实现方式可参考接收模块1501,处理器1602的各种可选实现方式可参考处理模块1502。In the tenth embodiment, various optional implementations of the receiver 1601 may refer to the receiving module 1501. The various optional implementations of the processor 1602 may refer to the processing module 1502.
实施例十中,参考信号的接收设备接收和处理参考信号的可选过程可参考实施例一中图7所示的过程。参考信号的接收设备的各种可选实现方式可参考实施例二和实施例三中接收设备502的操作,其中,处理器1602可用于执行接收设备502的处理操作,接收器1601可用于执行接收设备502的接收操作。In the tenth embodiment, the optional process of receiving and processing the reference signal by the receiving device of the reference signal may refer to the process shown in FIG. 7 in the first embodiment. For various alternative implementations of the receiving device of the reference signal, reference may be made to the operations of the receiving device 502 in the second embodiment and the third embodiment, wherein the processor 1602 is operable to perform processing operations of the receiving device 502, and the receiver 1601 is operable to perform receiving The receiving operation of device 502.
【实施例十一】[Embodiment 11]
图17为本申请实施例十一提供的第一种功率指示信息的发送设备的结构示意图。如图17所示,该设备包括:FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a first device for transmitting power indication information according to Embodiment 11 of the present application. As shown in Figure 17, the device includes:
处理模块1701,用于获取第一信号的第一发射功率值;The processing module 1701 is configured to acquire a first transmit power value of the first signal;
发送模块1702,用于在处理模块1701获取的第一发射功率值大于发射功率阈值时,向第一信号的接收设备发送第一功率指示信息,第一功率指示信息用于指示:The sending module 1702 is configured to: when the first transmit power value acquired by the processing module 1701 is greater than the transmit power threshold, send the first power indication information to the receiving device of the first signal, where the first power indication information is used to indicate:
第一发射功率值大于发射功率阈值;或The first transmit power value is greater than a transmit power threshold; or
第一发射功率值与第二信号的第二发射功率值之间的功率偏差值;或a power deviation value between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value of the second signal; or
第一发射功率值与第二发射功率值之间存在功率偏差;或a power deviation between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value; or
第一发射功率值;First transmit power value;
第一信号用于承载不包括参考信号的符号中数据,第二信号为第一信号所在子帧中包括参考信号的符号中的参考信号;或The first signal is used to carry data in a symbol not including the reference signal, and the second signal is a reference signal in a symbol including the reference signal in the subframe in which the first signal is located; or
第一信号用于承载包括参考信号的符号中的数据,第二信号为该符号中
的参考信号。The first signal is used to carry data in a symbol including the reference signal, and the second signal is in the symbol
Reference signal.
可选地,发送模块1702还用于:在处理模块1701获取子帧中的第一信号的第一发射功率值之后,若获取的第一发射功率值不大于发射功率阈值,则向第一信号的接收设备发送第二功率指示信息,第二功率指示信息用于指示:Optionally, the sending module 1702 is further configured to: after the processing module 1701 acquires the first transmit power value of the first signal in the subframe, if the acquired first transmit power value is not greater than the transmit power threshold, then the first signal is sent to the first signal. The receiving device sends the second power indication information, where the second power indication information is used to indicate:
第一发射功率值不大于发射功率阈值;或The first transmit power value is not greater than the transmit power threshold; or
第一发射功率值与第二发射功率值之间不存在功率偏差;或There is no power deviation between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value; or
第一发射功率值。The first transmit power value.
可选地,若第一功率指示信息用于指示功率偏差值,则处理模块1701还用于:在向第一信号的接收设备发送第一功率指示信息之前,还包括:根据下列信息中的至少一项,确定功率偏差值:Optionally, if the first power indication information is used to indicate the power deviation value, the processing module 1701 is further configured to: before sending the first power indication information to the receiving device of the first signal, further comprising: according to at least one of the following information One, determine the power deviation value:
参考信号映射到物理资源上的映射方式;The mapping of the reference signal to the physical resource;
参考信号所在子帧中数据的调制方式;The modulation mode of the data in the subframe in which the reference signal is located;
参考信号所在子帧中数据的多载波方式;a multi-carrier mode of data in a subframe in which the reference signal is located;
系统带宽;System bandwidth
参考信号所在子帧中数据占用的带宽。The bandwidth occupied by the data in the sub-frame where the reference signal is located.
其中,该发送设备的各种可选实现方式可参考实施例四中发送设备501的处理,其中,处理模块1701用于执行发送设备501的处理操作,发送模块1702用于执行发送设备501的发送操作。For the various optional implementations of the sending device, refer to the processing of the sending device 501 in the fourth embodiment, where the processing module 1701 is configured to perform a processing operation of the sending device 501, and the sending module 1702 is configured to perform the sending of the sending device 501. operating.
其中,处理模块1701可由处理器实现,发送模块1702可由发射器实现。The processing module 1701 can be implemented by a processor, and the sending module 1702 can be implemented by a transmitter.
【实施例十二】[Twelfth embodiment]
图18为本申请实施例十二提供的第二种功率指示信息的发送设备的结构示意图。如图18所示,该发送设备包括:FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of a second device for transmitting power indication information according to Embodiment 12 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 18, the sending device includes:
处理器1801,用于获取第一信号的第一发射功率值;The processor 1801 is configured to acquire a first transmit power value of the first signal.
发射器1802,用于在处理器1801获取的第一发射功率值大于发射功率阈值时,向第一信号的接收设备发送第一功率指示信息,第一功率指示信息用于指示:
The transmitter 1802 is configured to: when the first transmit power value acquired by the processor 1801 is greater than the transmit power threshold, send the first power indication information to the receiving device of the first signal, where the first power indication information is used to indicate:
第一发射功率值大于发射功率阈值;或The first transmit power value is greater than a transmit power threshold; or
第一发射功率值与第二信号的第二发射功率值之间的功率偏差值;或a power deviation value between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value of the second signal; or
第一发射功率值与第二发射功率值之间存在功率偏差;或a power deviation between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value; or
第一发射功率值;First transmit power value;
第一信号用于承载不包括参考信号的符号中数据,第二信号为第一信号所在子帧中包括参考信号的符号中的参考信号;或The first signal is used to carry data in a symbol not including the reference signal, and the second signal is a reference signal in a symbol including the reference signal in the subframe in which the first signal is located; or
第一信号用于承载包括参考信号的符号中的数据,第二信号为该符号中的参考信号。The first signal is used to carry data in a symbol comprising a reference signal, and the second signal is a reference signal in the symbol.
其中,处理器1801的各种可选实现方式可参考处理模块1701,发射器1802的各种可选实现方式可参考发送模块1702。The various optional implementations of the processor 1801 may refer to the processing module 1701. The various optional implementations of the transmitter 1802 may refer to the sending module 1702.
该发送设备的其他可选实现方式可参考实施例四中发送设备501的处理,其中,处理器1801用于执行发送设备501的处理操作,发射器1802用于执行发送设备501的发送操作。For other optional implementations of the sending device, reference may be made to the processing of the transmitting device 501 in the fourth embodiment, wherein the processor 1801 is configured to perform a processing operation of the transmitting device 501, and the transmitter 1802 is configured to perform a transmitting operation of the transmitting device 501.
发射器1802发送的功率指示信息可通过一根或多根天线发送。The power indication information transmitted by the transmitter 1802 can be transmitted through one or more antennas.
【实施例十三】[Thirteenth embodiment]
图19为本申请实施例十三提供的第一种功率指示信息的接收设备的结构示意图。如图19所示,该接收设备包括:FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of a first receiving apparatus for power indication information according to Embodiment 13 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 19, the receiving device includes:
接收模块1901,用于接收第一信号的发送设备发送的第一功率指示信息,第一功率指示信息用于指示:第一信号的第一发射功率值大于发射功率阈值;或第一发射功率值与第二信号的第二发射功率值之间的功率偏差值;或第一发射功率值与第二发射功率值之间存在功率偏差;或第一发射功率值;The receiving module 1901 is configured to receive first power indication information that is sent by the sending device of the first signal, where the first power indication information is used to indicate that: the first transmit power value of the first signal is greater than a transmit power threshold; or the first transmit power value a power deviation value between the second transmission power value of the second signal; or a power deviation between the first transmission power value and the second transmission power value; or a first transmission power value;
处理模块1902,用于根据第一功率指示信息,确定第一发射功率值与第二信号的第二发射功率值之间存在功率偏差;The processing module 1902 is configured to determine, according to the first power indication information, that there is a power deviation between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value of the second signal;
确定功率偏差值,并根据确定的功率偏差值解调第一信号中的数据或第一信号所在子帧中的数据;Determining a power deviation value, and demodulating data in the first signal or data in a subframe in which the first signal is located according to the determined power deviation value;
其中,第一信号用于承载不包括参考信号的符号中数据,第二信号为第一信号所在子帧中包括参考信号的符号中的参考信号;或
Wherein the first signal is used to carry data in a symbol not including the reference signal, and the second signal is a reference signal in a symbol including the reference signal in the subframe in which the first signal is located; or
第一信号用于承载包括参考信号的符号中的数据,第二信号为该符号中的参考信号。The first signal is used to carry data in a symbol comprising a reference signal, and the second signal is a reference signal in the symbol.
可选地,处理模块1902具体用于:若第一功率指示信息用于指示功率偏差值,则Optionally, the processing module 1902 is specifically configured to: if the first power indication information is used to indicate a power deviation value,
根据下列信息中的至少一项,确定功率偏差值:参考信号映射到物理资源上的映射方式、参考信号所在子帧中数据的调制方式、参考信号所在子帧中数据的多载波方式、系统带宽和参考信号所在子帧中数据占用的带宽。Determining the power deviation value according to at least one of the following information: a mapping manner of the reference signal mapped to the physical resource, a modulation mode of the data in the subframe where the reference signal is located, a multi-carrier mode of the data in the subframe where the reference signal is located, and a system bandwidth And the bandwidth occupied by the data in the sub-frame where the reference signal is located.
其中,该接收设备的各种可选实现方式可参考实施例四中接收设备502的处理,其中,处理模块1902用于执行接收设备502的处理操作,接收模块1901用于执行接收设备502的接收操作。For the various optional implementations of the receiving device, refer to the processing of the receiving device 502 in the fourth embodiment, where the processing module 1902 is configured to perform processing operations of the receiving device 502, and the receiving module 1901 is configured to perform receiving of the receiving device 502. operating.
其中,处理模块1902可由处理器实现,接收模块1901可由接收器实现。The processing module 1902 can be implemented by a processor, and the receiving module 1901 can be implemented by a receiver.
【实施例十四】[Embodiment 14]
图20为本申请实施例十四提供的第二种功率指示信息的接收设备的结构示意图。如图20所示,该接收设备包括:FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of a device for receiving second power indication information according to Embodiment 14 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 20, the receiving device includes:
接收器2001,用于接收第一信号的发送设备发送的第一功率指示信息,第一功率指示信息用于指示:第一信号的第一发射功率值大于发射功率阈值;或第一发射功率值与第二信号的第二发射功率值之间的功率偏差值;或第一发射功率值与第二发射功率值之间存在功率偏差;或第一发射功率值;The receiver 2001 is configured to receive first power indication information that is sent by the sending device of the first signal, where the first power indication information is used to indicate that: the first transmit power value of the first signal is greater than a transmit power threshold; or the first transmit power value a power deviation value between the second transmission power value of the second signal; or a power deviation between the first transmission power value and the second transmission power value; or a first transmission power value;
处理器2002,用于根据第一功率指示信息,确定第一发射功率值与第二信号的第二发射功率值之间存在功率偏差;The processor 2002 is configured to determine, according to the first power indication information, that there is a power deviation between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value of the second signal;
确定功率偏差值,并根据确定的功率偏差值解调第一信号中的数据或第一信号所在子帧中的数据;Determining a power deviation value, and demodulating data in the first signal or data in a subframe in which the first signal is located according to the determined power deviation value;
其中,第一信号用于承载不包括参考信号的符号中数据,第二信号为第一信号所在子帧中包括参考信号的符号中的参考信号;或Wherein the first signal is used to carry data in a symbol not including the reference signal, and the second signal is a reference signal in a symbol including the reference signal in the subframe in which the first signal is located; or
第一信号用于承载包括参考信号的符号中的数据,第二信号为该符号中的参考信号。The first signal is used to carry data in a symbol comprising a reference signal, and the second signal is a reference signal in the symbol.
可选地,处理器2002具体用于:若第一功率指示信息用于指示功率偏差
值,则Optionally, the processor 2002 is specifically configured to: if the first power indication information is used to indicate a power deviation
Value, then
根据下列信息中的至少一项,确定功率偏差值:参考信号映射到物理资源上的映射方式、参考信号所在子帧中数据的调制方式、参考信号所在子帧中数据的多载波方式、系统带宽和参考信号所在子帧中数据占用的带宽。Determining the power deviation value according to at least one of the following information: a mapping manner of the reference signal mapped to the physical resource, a modulation mode of the data in the subframe where the reference signal is located, a multi-carrier mode of the data in the subframe where the reference signal is located, and a system bandwidth And the bandwidth occupied by the data in the sub-frame where the reference signal is located.
其中,该接收设备的各种可选实现方式可参考实施例四中接收设备502的处理,其中,处理器2002用于执行接收设备502的处理操作,接收器2001用于执行接收设备502的接收操作。For the various optional implementations of the receiving device, refer to the processing of the receiving device 502 in the fourth embodiment, where the processor 2002 is configured to perform processing operations of the receiving device 502, and the receiver 2001 is configured to perform receiving of the receiving device 502. operating.
【实施例十五】[Embodiment 15]
图21为本申请实施例十五提供的第一种发射功率调整设备的结构示意图。如图21所示,该设备包括:FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a first transmit power adjustment apparatus according to Embodiment 15 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 21, the device includes:
功率值获取模块2101,用于获取第一信号的第一发射功率值;The power value obtaining module 2101 is configured to acquire a first transmit power value of the first signal;
第一信号用于承载不包括参考信号的符号中数据,第二信号为第一信号所在子帧中包括参考信号的符号中的参考信号;或第一信号用于承载包括参考信号的符号中的数据,第二信号为该符号中的参考信号;The first signal is used to carry data in a symbol that does not include a reference signal, the second signal is a reference signal in a symbol including a reference signal in a subframe in which the first signal is located; or the first signal is used to carry a symbol included in the reference signal Data, the second signal is a reference signal in the symbol;
功率调整模块2102,用于在功率值获取模块2101获取的第一发射功率值大于发射功率阈值时,进行如下功率调整:将第一信号的发射功率减小功率调整量,以及将第二信号的发射功率减小功率调整量或保持第二信号的发射功率不变。The power adjustment module 2102 is configured to: when the first transmit power value acquired by the power value acquisition module 2101 is greater than the transmit power threshold, perform power adjustment: reduce the transmit power of the first signal by a power adjustment amount, and The transmit power reduces the amount of power adjustment or keeps the transmit power of the second signal constant.
可选地,功率调整模块2102还用于:在进行功率调整之前根据下列信息中的至少一项,确定功率调整量:Optionally, the power adjustment module 2102 is further configured to determine the power adjustment amount according to at least one of the following information before performing power adjustment:
参考信号映射到物理资源上的映射方式、参考信号所在子帧中数据的调制方式、参考信号所在子帧中数据的多载波方式、系统带宽和参考信号所在子帧中数据占用的带宽。The reference signal is mapped to the mapping mode on the physical resource, the modulation mode of the data in the subframe where the reference signal is located, the multi-carrier mode of the data in the subframe where the reference signal is located, the bandwidth of the system and the bandwidth occupied by the data in the subframe in which the reference signal is located.
该设备的各种可选实现方式可参考实施例五中发送设备501的操作,其中,功率值获取模块2101,可用于执行发送设备501的确定信号发射功率的操作,功率调整模块2102,可用于执行发送设备501的确定功率调整量,进行功率调整的操作。
For the various optional implementations of the device, refer to the operation of the sending device 501 in the fifth embodiment, where the power value obtaining module 2101 is configured to perform an operation of determining the signal transmitting power of the sending device 501, and the power adjusting module 2102 can be used for The operation of determining the power adjustment amount of the transmitting device 501 and performing power adjustment is performed.
其中,功率值获取模块2101和功率调整模块2102的操作可由处理器实现,功率调整模块2102确定的功率调整量可作用于该设备的功率放大器,用于控制射频电路的输出功率,射频电路输出的信号可通过一根或多根天线发射出去。The operation of the power value acquisition module 2101 and the power adjustment module 2102 can be implemented by a processor. The power adjustment amount determined by the power adjustment module 2102 can be applied to the power amplifier of the device for controlling the output power of the RF circuit, and the output of the RF circuit. Signals can be transmitted through one or more antennas.
【实施例十六】[Embodiment 16]
图22为本申请实施例十六提供的第二种发送功率调整设备的结构示意图。如图22所示,该设备包括:FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of a second transmission power adjustment apparatus according to Embodiment 16 of the present application. As shown in Figure 22, the device includes:
处理器2201,用于获取第一信号的第一发射功率值;The processor 2201 is configured to acquire a first transmit power value of the first signal.
第一信号用于承载不包括参考信号的符号中数据,第二信号为第一信号所在子帧中包括参考信号的符号中的参考信号;或第一信号用于承载包括参考信号的符号中的数据,第二信号为该符号中的参考信号;The first signal is used to carry data in a symbol that does not include a reference signal, the second signal is a reference signal in a symbol including a reference signal in a subframe in which the first signal is located; or the first signal is used to carry a symbol included in the reference signal Data, the second signal is a reference signal in the symbol;
处理器2201还用于:获取的第一发射功率值大于发射功率阈值时,进行如下功率调整:将第一信号的发射功率减小功率调整量,以及将第二信号的发射功率减小功率调整量或保持第二信号的发射功率不变;The processor 2201 is further configured to: when the obtained first transmit power value is greater than the transmit power threshold, perform power adjustment: reducing a transmit power of the first signal by a power adjustment amount, and reducing a transmit power of the second signal by a power adjustment The amount or the transmission power of the second signal is kept unchanged;
射频电路2202,用于按照处理器2201确定的功率调整量进行发射功率调整。The RF circuit 2202 is configured to perform transmit power adjustment according to the power adjustment amount determined by the processor 2201.
可选地,处理器2201还用于:在进行功率调整之前根据下列信息中的至少一项,确定功率调整量:Optionally, the processor 2201 is further configured to determine the power adjustment amount according to at least one of the following information before performing power adjustment:
参考信号映射到物理资源上的映射方式、参考信号所在子帧中数据的调制方式、参考信号所在子帧中数据的多载波方式、系统带宽和参考信号所在子帧中数据占用的带宽。The reference signal is mapped to the mapping mode on the physical resource, the modulation mode of the data in the subframe where the reference signal is located, the multi-carrier mode of the data in the subframe where the reference signal is located, the bandwidth of the system and the bandwidth occupied by the data in the subframe in which the reference signal is located.
该设备的各种可选实现方式可参考实施例五中发送设备501的操作。射频电路2202输出的信号可通过一根或多根天线发射出去。For various alternative implementations of the device, reference may be made to the operation of the transmitting device 501 in Embodiment 5. The signal output by the RF circuit 2202 can be transmitted through one or more antennas.
【实施例十七】[Embodiment 17]
图23为本申请实施例十七提供的第三种参考信号发送设备的结构示意图。如图23所示,该发送设备包括:FIG. 23 is a schematic structural diagram of a third reference signal transmitting apparatus according to Embodiment 17 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 23, the sending device includes:
处理模块2301,用于根据发送设备同步到的同步源的类型和/或参考信号
的发送设备的移动速度,确定参考信号为第一类参考信号或第二类参考信号;以及生成参考信号;The processing module 2301 is configured to: according to the type and/or reference signal of the synchronization source to which the transmitting device is synchronized
a moving speed of the transmitting device, determining that the reference signal is a first type of reference signal or a second type of reference signal; and generating a reference signal;
发送模块2302,用于将处理模块2301生成的参考信号发送出去;The sending module 2302 is configured to send the reference signal generated by the processing module 2301.
第一类参考信号在一个子帧中占用的符号数比第二类参考信号在一个子帧中占用的符号数多。The first type of reference signal occupies more symbols in one subframe than the second type of reference signal occupies in one subframe.
可选地,处理模块2301具体用于:Optionally, the processing module 2301 is specifically configured to:
若参考信号的发送设备同步到的同步源的类型为同步精度低于精度阈值的同步源,或参考信号的发送设备的移动速度高于移动速度阈值,则确定参考信号为第一类参考信号;If the type of the synchronization source to which the transmitting device of the reference signal is synchronized is a synchronization source whose synchronization precision is lower than the precision threshold, or the moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal is higher than the moving speed threshold, determining that the reference signal is the first type of reference signal;
若参考信号的发送设备同步到的同步源的类型为同步精度不低于精度阈值的同步源,且参考信号的发送设备的移动速度不高于移动速度阈值,则确定参考信号为第二类参考信号。If the type of the synchronization source to which the transmitting device of the reference signal is synchronized is a synchronization source whose synchronization precision is not lower than the precision threshold, and the moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal is not higher than the moving speed threshold, determining the reference signal as the second type reference signal.
实施例十七中,参考信号的发送设备发送参考信号的可选过程可参考实施例一中图6所示的发送过程。参考信号的发送设备的各种可选实现方式可参考实施例六中发送设备501的操作,其中,处理模块2301可用于执行发送设备501的处理操作,发送模块2302可用于执行发送设备501的发送操作。In the embodiment 17, the optional process of transmitting the reference signal by the transmitting device of the reference signal may refer to the transmitting process shown in FIG. 6 in the first embodiment. For various alternative implementations of the transmitting device of the reference signal, reference may be made to the operation of the transmitting device 501 in Embodiment 6, wherein the processing module 2301 is operable to perform processing operations of the transmitting device 501, and the transmitting module 2302 is operable to perform transmission of the transmitting device 501. operating.
其中,处理模块2301可由处理器实现,发送模块2302可由发射器实现。The processing module 2301 can be implemented by a processor, and the sending module 2302 can be implemented by a transmitter.
【实施例十八】[Embodiment 18]
图24为本申请实施例十八提供的第四种参考信号发送设备的结构示意图。如图24所示,该发送设备包括:FIG. 24 is a schematic structural diagram of a fourth reference signal transmitting apparatus according to Embodiment 18 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 24, the sending device includes:
处理器2401,用于根据发送设备同步到的同步源的类型和/或参考信号的发送设备的移动速度,确定参考信号为第一类参考信号或第二类参考信号;以及生成参考信号;The processor 2401 is configured to determine, according to a type of the synchronization source to which the transmitting device is synchronized, and/or a moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal, the reference signal is a first type of reference signal or a second type of reference signal; and generate a reference signal;
发射器2402,用于将处理器2401生成的参考信号发送出去;a transmitter 2402, configured to send the reference signal generated by the processor 2401;
第一类参考信号在一个子帧中占用的符号数比第二类参考信号在一个子帧中占用的符号数多。The first type of reference signal occupies more symbols in one subframe than the second type of reference signal occupies in one subframe.
可选地,处理器2401具体用于:
Optionally, the processor 2401 is specifically configured to:
若参考信号的发送设备同步到的同步源的类型为同步精度低于精度阈值的同步源,或参考信号的发送设备的移动速度高于移动速度阈值,则确定参考信号为第一类参考信号;If the type of the synchronization source to which the transmitting device of the reference signal is synchronized is a synchronization source whose synchronization precision is lower than the precision threshold, or the moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal is higher than the moving speed threshold, determining that the reference signal is the first type of reference signal;
若参考信号的发送设备同步到的同步源的类型为同步精度不低于精度阈值的同步源,且参考信号的发送设备的移动速度不高于移动速度阈值,则确定参考信号为第二类参考信号。If the type of the synchronization source to which the transmitting device of the reference signal is synchronized is a synchronization source whose synchronization precision is not lower than the precision threshold, and the moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal is not higher than the moving speed threshold, determining the reference signal as the second type reference signal.
实施例十八中,参考信号的发送设备发送参考信号的可选过程可参考实施例一中图6所示的发送过程。参考信号的发送设备的各种可选实现方式可参考实施例六中发送设备501的操作,其中,处理器2401可用于执行发送设备501的处理操作,发射器2402可用于执行发送设备501的发送操作。In the eighteenth embodiment, the optional process for transmitting the reference signal by the transmitting device of the reference signal may refer to the sending process shown in FIG. 6 in the first embodiment. For various alternative implementations of the transmitting device of the reference signal, reference may be made to the operation of the transmitting device 501 in the sixth embodiment, wherein the processor 2401 is operable to perform processing operations of the transmitting device 501, and the transmitter 2402 is operable to perform transmission of the transmitting device 501. operating.
发射器2402发送的参考信号可通过一根或多根天线发射出去。The reference signal transmitted by transmitter 2402 can be transmitted through one or more antennas.
【实施例十九】[Example 19]
图25为本申请实施例十八提供的第三种参考信号接收设备的结构示意图。如图25所示,该接收设备包括:FIG. 25 is a schematic structural diagram of a third reference signal receiving apparatus according to Embodiment 18 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 25, the receiving device includes:
处理模块2501,用于确定参考信号的发送设备发送的参考信号的类型,参考信号的类型包括:第一类参考信号或第二类参考信号;The processing module 2501 is configured to determine a type of the reference signal sent by the sending device of the reference signal, where the type of the reference signal includes: a first type of reference signal or a second type of reference signal;
接收模块2502,用于按照处理模块2501确定的参考信号的类型接收参考信号;The receiving module 2502 is configured to receive the reference signal according to the type of the reference signal determined by the processing module 2501;
处理模块2501还用于:对接收模块2502接收的参考信号进行信号处理;The processing module 2501 is further configured to: perform signal processing on the reference signal received by the receiving module 2502;
第一类参考信号在一个子帧中占用的符号数比第二类参考信号在一个子帧中占用的符号数多。The first type of reference signal occupies more symbols in one subframe than the second type of reference signal occupies in one subframe.
实施例十九中,参考信号的接收设备接收并处理参考信号的可选过程可参考实施例一中图7所示的过程。参考信号的接收设备的各种可选实现方式可参考实施例六中接收设备502的操作,其中,处理模块2501可用于执行接收设备502的处理操作,接收模块2502可用于执行接收设备502的接收操作。In the embodiment 19, the optional process of receiving and processing the reference signal by the receiving device of the reference signal may refer to the process shown in FIG. 7 in the first embodiment. For various alternative implementations of the receiving device of the reference signal, reference may be made to the operation of the receiving device 502 in the sixth embodiment, wherein the processing module 2501 is operable to perform processing operations of the receiving device 502, and the receiving module 2502 is operable to perform receiving of the receiving device 502. operating.
其中,处理模块2501可由处理器实现,接收模块2502可由发射器实现。The processing module 2501 can be implemented by a processor, and the receiving module 2502 can be implemented by a transmitter.
【实施例二十】
[Embodiment 20]
图26为本申请实施例十八提供的第四种参考信号接收设备的结构示意图。FIG. 26 is a schematic structural diagram of a fourth reference signal receiving apparatus according to Embodiment 18 of the present application.
如图26所示,该接收设备包括:As shown in FIG. 26, the receiving device includes:
处理器2601,用于确定参考信号的发送设备发送的参考信号的类型,参考信号的类型包括:第一类参考信号或第二类参考信号;The processor 2601 is configured to determine a type of the reference signal sent by the sending device of the reference signal, where the type of the reference signal includes: a first type of reference signal or a second type of reference signal;
接收器2602,用于按照处理器2601确定的参考信号的类型接收参考信号;The receiver 2602 is configured to receive the reference signal according to the type of the reference signal determined by the processor 2601;
处理器2601还用于:对接收器2602接收的参考信号进行信号处理;The processor 2601 is further configured to: perform signal processing on the reference signal received by the receiver 2602;
第一类参考信号在一个子帧中占用的符号数比第二类参考信号在一个子帧中占用的符号数多。The first type of reference signal occupies more symbols in one subframe than the second type of reference signal occupies in one subframe.
实施例二十中,参考信号的接收设备接收并处理参考信号的可选过程可参考实施例一中图7所示的过程。参考信号的接收设备的各种可选实现方式可参考实施例六中接收设备502的操作,其中,处理器2601可用于执行接收设备502的处理操作,接收器2602可用于执行接收设备502的接收操作。In the embodiment 20, the optional process of receiving and processing the reference signal by the receiving device of the reference signal may refer to the process shown in FIG. 7 in the first embodiment. For various alternative implementations of the receiving device of the reference signal, reference may be made to the operation of the receiving device 502 in the sixth embodiment, wherein the processor 2601 is operable to perform processing operations of the receiving device 502, and the receiver 2602 is operable to perform receiving of the receiving device 502. operating.
接收器2602可通过一根或多根天线接收参考信号。Receiver 2602 can receive the reference signal through one or more antennas.
【实施例二十一】[Embodiment 21]
图27为本申请实施例二十一提供的第一种参考信号发送方法的流程图。如图27所示,该方法包括如下步骤:FIG. 27 is a flowchart of a first method for transmitting a reference signal according to Embodiment 21 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 27, the method includes the following steps:
S2701:生成参考信号,参考信号为第一类参考信号;S2701: generating a reference signal, where the reference signal is a first type of reference signal;
S2702:将生成的参考信号发送出去;S2702: Send the generated reference signal;
其中,在时域上,在第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中,第一类参考信号占用至少五个符号,以及至少五个符号中存在两个符号,存在的两个符号的符号间间隔不大于两个符号。Wherein, in the time domain, in each subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal, the first type of reference signal occupies at least five symbols, and at least five symbols have two symbols, and the symbols of the two symbols present The interval is no more than two symbols.
可选地,在子帧的每一个时隙中,第一类参考信号占用至少两个符号。Optionally, in each time slot of the subframe, the first type of reference signal occupies at least two symbols.
可选地,在频域上,在第一类参考信号占用的每一个资源单元中,参考信号占用不连续的多个子载波。Optionally, in the frequency domain, in each resource unit occupied by the first type of reference signal, the reference signal occupies a plurality of discontinuous subcarriers.
可选地,在频域上,在第一类参考信号占用的每一个资源单元中,第一类参考信号占用至少三个子载波。
Optionally, in the frequency domain, in each resource unit occupied by the first type of reference signal, the first type of reference signal occupies at least three subcarriers.
可选地,在时域上,在第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中,第一参考信号占用的符号数小于该子帧中的可用于传输数据的符号数。Optionally, in the time domain, in each subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal, the number of symbols occupied by the first reference signal is smaller than the number of symbols in the subframe that can be used for transmitting data.
可选地,在时域上,在第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中的每一个时隙中,参考信号占用相邻的多个符号。Optionally, in the time domain, in each of the time slots occupied by the first type of reference signal, the reference signal occupies adjacent symbols.
可选地,在第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中的每一个时隙中,第一类参考信号分别占用两组符号,每一组符号包括相邻的多个符号。Optionally, in each time slot in each subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal, the first type of reference signals respectively occupy two sets of symbols, and each set of symbols includes adjacent multiple symbols.
可选地,若第一类参考信号占用的子帧为正常CP子帧,则第一类参考信号在占用的子帧中的一个时隙中占用的符号包括:Optionally, if the subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal is a normal CP subframe, the symbols occupied by the first type of reference signal in one slot of the occupied subframe include:
符号0,符号1,符号4,符号5,或者 Symbol 0, symbol 1, symbol 4, symbol 5, or
符号0,符号1,符号3,符号4,或者 Symbol 0, symbol 1, symbol 3, symbol 4, or
符号1,符号2,符号4,符号5,或者 Symbol 1, symbol 2, symbol 4, symbol 5, or
符号1,符号2,符号5,符号6; Symbol 1, symbol 2, symbol 5, symbol 6;
若第一类参考信号占用的子帧为正常CP子帧,则第一类参考信号在占用的子帧中的一个时隙中占用的符号包括:If the subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal is a normal CP subframe, the symbols occupied by the first type of reference signal in one slot of the occupied subframe include:
符号0,符号1,符号4,符号5,或者 Symbol 0, symbol 1, symbol 4, symbol 5, or
符号0,符号1,符号3,符号4,或者 Symbol 0, symbol 1, symbol 3, symbol 4, or
符号1,符号2,符号4,符号5,或者 Symbol 1, symbol 2, symbol 4, symbol 5, or
符号0,符号2,符号3,符号5。 Symbol 0, symbol 2, symbol 3, symbol 5.
可选地,第一类参考信号占用的子帧包括:同步子帧和/或非同步子帧;Optionally, the subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal includes: a synchronization subframe and/or an asynchronous subframe;
同步子帧中包括同步信号,非同步子帧中不包括同步信号。The synchronization signal is included in the synchronization subframe, and the synchronization signal is not included in the asynchronous subframe.
可选地,参考信号的发送设备和接收设备均为终端设备;或Optionally, the sending device and the receiving device of the reference signal are both terminal devices; or
参考信号的发送设备为终端设备,参考信号的接收设备为网络设备;The transmitting device of the reference signal is a terminal device, and the receiving device of the reference signal is a network device;
参考信号的发送设备为网络设备,参考信号的接收设备为终端设备;或The transmitting device of the reference signal is a network device, and the receiving device of the reference signal is a terminal device; or
参考信号的发送设备和接收设备均为网络设备;The transmitting device and the receiving device of the reference signal are both network devices;
可选地,网络设备包括基站,终端设备包括用户设备UE或路侧单元RSU。Optionally, the network device comprises a base station, and the terminal device comprises a user equipment UE or a roadside unit RSU.
可选地,在第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中,最后一个符号为空符号GAP。
Optionally, in each subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal, the last symbol is an empty symbol GAP.
可选地,第一类参考信号为同一个天线端口发送的参考信号。Optionally, the first type of reference signal is a reference signal sent by the same antenna port.
可选地,在生成参考信号之前,还包括:Optionally, before generating the reference signal, the method further includes:
根据参考信号的发送设备同步到的同步源的类型和/或参考信号的发送设备的移动速度,确定参考信号为第一类参考信号。The reference signal is determined to be the first type of reference signal according to the type of the synchronization source to which the transmitting device of the reference signal is synchronized and/or the moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal.
可选地,若参考信号的发送设备同步到的同步源的类型为同步精度低于精度阈值的同步源,或参考信号的发送设备的移动速度高于移动速度阈值,则确定参考信号为第一类参考信号。Optionally, if the type of the synchronization source to which the transmitting device of the reference signal is synchronized is a synchronization source whose synchronization precision is lower than the precision threshold, or the moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal is higher than the moving speed threshold, determining the reference signal as the first Class reference signal.
该方法中,生成和发送参考信号的可选过程可参考实施例一中图6所示的发送过程。该方法的各种可选实现方式可参考实施例二和实施例三中发送设备501的操作。In the method, an optional process of generating and transmitting a reference signal may refer to the sending process shown in FIG. 6 in Embodiment 1. For various alternative implementations of the method, reference may be made to the operations of the transmitting device 501 in the second embodiment and the third embodiment.
【实施例二十二】[Embodiment 22]
图28为本申请实施例二十二提供的第一种参考信号接收方法的流程图。如图28所示,该方法包括如下步骤:FIG. 28 is a flowchart of a first reference signal receiving method according to Embodiment 22 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 28, the method includes the following steps:
S2801:接收参考信号,参考信号为第一类参考信号;S2801: receiving a reference signal, where the reference signal is a first type of reference signal;
S2802:对接收到的参考信号进行信号处理;S2802: Perform signal processing on the received reference signal;
其中,在时域上,在第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中,第一类参考信号占用至少五个符号,以及至少五个符号中存在两个符号,存在的两个符号的符号间间隔不大于两个符号。Wherein, in the time domain, in each subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal, the first type of reference signal occupies at least five symbols, and at least five symbols have two symbols, and the symbols of the two symbols present The interval is no more than two symbols.
可选地,在子帧的每一个时隙中,第一类参考信号占用至少两个符号,Optionally, in each time slot of the subframe, the first type of reference signal occupies at least two symbols,
可选地,在频域上,在第一类参考信号占用的每一个资源单元中,参考信号占用不连续的多个子载波。Optionally, in the frequency domain, in each resource unit occupied by the first type of reference signal, the reference signal occupies a plurality of discontinuous subcarriers.
可选地,在频域上,在第一类参考信号占用的每一个资源单元中,第一类参考信号占用至少三个子载波。Optionally, in the frequency domain, in each resource unit occupied by the first type of reference signal, the first type of reference signal occupies at least three subcarriers.
可选地,在时域上,在第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中,第一参考信号占用的符号数小于该子帧中的可用于传输数据的符号数。Optionally, in the time domain, in each subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal, the number of symbols occupied by the first reference signal is smaller than the number of symbols in the subframe that can be used for transmitting data.
可选地,在时域上,在第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中的每一个时隙中,参考信号占用相邻的多个符号。
Optionally, in the time domain, in each of the time slots occupied by the first type of reference signal, the reference signal occupies adjacent symbols.
可选地,在第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中的每一个时隙中,第一类参考信号分别占用两组符号,每一组符号包括相邻的多个符号。Optionally, in each time slot in each subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal, the first type of reference signals respectively occupy two sets of symbols, and each set of symbols includes adjacent multiple symbols.
可选地,若第一类参考信号占用的子帧为正常CP子帧,则第一类参考信号在占用的子帧中的一个时隙中占用的符号包括:Optionally, if the subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal is a normal CP subframe, the symbols occupied by the first type of reference signal in one slot of the occupied subframe include:
符号0,符号1,符号4,符号5,或者 Symbol 0, symbol 1, symbol 4, symbol 5, or
符号0,符号1,符号3,符号4,或者 Symbol 0, symbol 1, symbol 3, symbol 4, or
符号1,符号2,符号4,符号5,或者 Symbol 1, symbol 2, symbol 4, symbol 5, or
符号1,符号2,符号5,符号6; Symbol 1, symbol 2, symbol 5, symbol 6;
若第一类参考信号占用的子帧为正常CP子帧,则第一类参考信号在占用的子帧中的一个时隙中占用的符号包括:If the subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal is a normal CP subframe, the symbols occupied by the first type of reference signal in one slot of the occupied subframe include:
符号0,符号1,符号4,符号5,或者 Symbol 0, symbol 1, symbol 4, symbol 5, or
符号0,符号1,符号3,符号4,或者 Symbol 0, symbol 1, symbol 3, symbol 4, or
符号1,符号2,符号4,符号5,或者 Symbol 1, symbol 2, symbol 4, symbol 5, or
符号0,符号2,符号3,符号5。 Symbol 0, symbol 2, symbol 3, symbol 5.
可选地,第一类参考信号占用的子帧包括:同步子帧和/或非同步子帧;Optionally, the subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal includes: a synchronization subframe and/or an asynchronous subframe;
同步子帧中包括同步信号,非同步子帧中不包括同步信号。The synchronization signal is included in the synchronization subframe, and the synchronization signal is not included in the asynchronous subframe.
可选地,参考信号的发送设备和接收设备均为终端设备;或Optionally, the sending device and the receiving device of the reference signal are both terminal devices; or
参考信号的发送设备为终端设备,参考信号的接收设备为网络设备;The transmitting device of the reference signal is a terminal device, and the receiving device of the reference signal is a network device;
参考信号的发送设备为网络设备,参考信号的接收设备为终端设备;或The transmitting device of the reference signal is a network device, and the receiving device of the reference signal is a terminal device; or
参考信号的发送设备和接收设备均为网络设备;The transmitting device and the receiving device of the reference signal are both network devices;
可选地,网络设备包括基站,终端设备包括用户设备UE或路侧单元RSU。Optionally, the network device comprises a base station, and the terminal device comprises a user equipment UE or a roadside unit RSU.
可选地,在第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中,最后一个符号为空符号GAP。Optionally, in each subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal, the last symbol is an empty symbol GAP.
可选地,第一类参考信号为同一个天线端口发送的参考信号。Optionally, the first type of reference signal is a reference signal sent by the same antenna port.
该方法中,接收和处理参考信号的可选过程可参考实施例一中图7所示的过程。该方法的各种可选实现方式可参考实施例二和实施例三中接收设备502的操作。
In the method, an optional process of receiving and processing the reference signal may refer to the process shown in FIG. 7 in the first embodiment. For various alternative implementations of the method, reference may be made to the operations of the receiving device 502 in the second embodiment and the third embodiment.
【实施例二十三】[Embodiment 23]
图29为本申请实施例二十三提供的功率指示信息的发送方法的流程图。如图29所示,该方法包括如下步骤:FIG. 29 is a flowchart of a method for transmitting power indication information according to Embodiment 23 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 29, the method includes the following steps:
S2901:获取第一信号的第一发射功率值;S2901: Acquire a first transmit power value of the first signal;
S2902:若获取的第一发射功率值大于发射功率阈值,则向第一信号的接收设备发送第一功率指示信息,第一功率指示信息用于指示:S2902: If the obtained first transmit power value is greater than the transmit power threshold, send the first power indication information to the receiving device of the first signal, where the first power indication information is used to indicate:
第一发射功率值大于发射功率阈值;或The first transmit power value is greater than a transmit power threshold; or
第一发射功率值与第二信号的第二发射功率值之间的功率偏差值;或a power deviation value between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value of the second signal; or
第一发射功率值与第二发射功率值之间存在功率偏差;或a power deviation between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value; or
第一发射功率值;First transmit power value;
第一信号用于承载不包括参考信号的符号中数据,第二信号为第一信号所在子帧中包括参考信号的符号中的参考信号;或The first signal is used to carry data in a symbol not including the reference signal, and the second signal is a reference signal in a symbol including the reference signal in the subframe in which the first signal is located; or
第一信号用于承载包括参考信号的符号中的数据,第二信号为该符号中的参考信号。The first signal is used to carry data in a symbol comprising a reference signal, and the second signal is a reference signal in the symbol.
可选地,在获取子帧中的第一信号的第一发射功率值之后,还包括:Optionally, after acquiring the first transmit power value of the first signal in the subframe, the method further includes:
若获取的第一发射功率值不大于发射功率阈值,则向第一信号的接收设备发送第二功率指示信息,第二功率指示信息用于指示:If the obtained first transmit power value is not greater than the transmit power threshold, send the second power indication information to the receiving device of the first signal, where the second power indication information is used to indicate:
第一发射功率值不大于发射功率阈值;或The first transmit power value is not greater than the transmit power threshold; or
第一发射功率值与第二发射功率值之间不存在功率偏差;或There is no power deviation between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value; or
第一发射功率值。The first transmit power value.
可选地,若第一功率指示信息用于指示功率偏差值,则在向第一信号的接收设备发送第一功率指示信息之前,还包括:根据下列信息中的至少一项,确定功率偏差值:Optionally, if the first power indication information is used to indicate the power deviation value, before the sending the first power indication information to the receiving device of the first signal, the method further includes: determining the power deviation value according to at least one of the following information: :
参考信号映射到物理资源上的映射方式;The mapping of the reference signal to the physical resource;
参考信号所在子帧中数据的调制方式;The modulation mode of the data in the subframe in which the reference signal is located;
参考信号所在子帧中数据的多载波方式;a multi-carrier mode of data in a subframe in which the reference signal is located;
系统带宽;
System bandwidth
参考信号所在子帧中数据占用的带宽。The bandwidth occupied by the data in the sub-frame where the reference signal is located.
该方法的各种可选实现方式可参考实施例四中发送设备501的处理。For various alternative implementations of the method, reference may be made to the processing of the transmitting device 501 in the fourth embodiment.
【实施例二十四】[Embodiment 24]
图30为本申请实施例二十四提供的功率指示信息的接收方法的流程图。如图30所示,该方法包括如下步骤:FIG. 30 is a flowchart of a method for receiving power indication information according to Embodiment 24 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 30, the method includes the following steps:
S3001:接收第一信号的发送设备发送的第一功率指示信息,第一功率指示信息用于指示:第一信号的第一发射功率值大于发射功率阈值;或第一发射功率值与第二信号的第二发射功率值之间的功率偏差值;或第一发射功率值与第二发射功率值之间存在功率偏差;或第一发射功率值;S3001: The first power indication information sent by the sending device that receives the first signal, where the first power indication information is used to indicate that the first transmit power value of the first signal is greater than a transmit power threshold; or the first transmit power value and the second signal a power deviation value between the second transmit power values; or a power offset between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value; or a first transmit power value;
S3002:根据第一功率指示信息,确定第一发射功率值与第二信号的第二发射功率值之间存在功率偏差;S3002: Determine, according to the first power indication information, that there is a power deviation between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value of the second signal;
S3003:确定功率偏差值,并根据确定的功率偏差值解调第一信号中的数据或第一信号所在子帧中的数据;S3003: Determine a power deviation value, and demodulate data in the first signal or data in a subframe in which the first signal is located according to the determined power deviation value;
其中,第一信号用于承载不包括参考信号的符号中数据,第二信号为第一信号所在子帧中包括参考信号的符号中的参考信号;或Wherein the first signal is used to carry data in a symbol not including the reference signal, and the second signal is a reference signal in a symbol including the reference signal in the subframe in which the first signal is located; or
第一信号用于承载包括参考信号的符号中的数据,第二信号为该符号中的参考信号。The first signal is used to carry data in a symbol comprising a reference signal, and the second signal is a reference signal in the symbol.
可选地,若第一功率指示信息用于指示功率偏差值,则确定功率偏差值,包括:Optionally, if the first power indication information is used to indicate the power deviation value, determining the power deviation value, including:
根据下列信息中的至少一项,确定功率偏差值:参考信号映射到物理资源上的映射方式、参考信号所在子帧中数据的调制方式、参考信号所在子帧中数据的多载波方式、系统带宽和参考信号所在子帧中数据占用的带宽。Determining the power deviation value according to at least one of the following information: a mapping manner of the reference signal mapped to the physical resource, a modulation mode of the data in the subframe where the reference signal is located, a multi-carrier mode of the data in the subframe where the reference signal is located, and a system bandwidth And the bandwidth occupied by the data in the sub-frame where the reference signal is located.
该方法的各种可选实现方式可参考实施例四中接收设备502的处理。For various alternative implementations of the method, reference may be made to the processing of the receiving device 502 in the fourth embodiment.
【实施例二十五】[Embodiment 25]
图31为本申请实施例二十五提供的发射功率调整方法的流程图。如图31所示,该方法包括如下步骤:FIG. 31 is a flowchart of a method for adjusting transmit power provided by Embodiment 25 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 31, the method includes the following steps:
S3101:获取第一信号的第一发射功率值;
S3101: Acquire a first transmit power value of the first signal.
第一信号用于承载不包括参考信号的符号中数据,第二信号为第一信号所在子帧中包括参考信号的符号中的参考信号;或The first signal is used to carry data in a symbol not including the reference signal, and the second signal is a reference signal in a symbol including the reference signal in the subframe in which the first signal is located; or
第一信号用于承载包括参考信号的符号中的数据,第二信号为该符号中的参考信号;The first signal is used to carry data in a symbol including the reference signal, and the second signal is a reference signal in the symbol;
S3102:若获取的第一发射功率值大于发射功率阈值,则进行如下功率调整:将第一信号的发射功率减小功率调整量,以及将第二信号的发射功率减小功率调整量或保持第二信号的发射功率不变。S3102: If the obtained first transmit power value is greater than the transmit power threshold, perform power adjustment by reducing a transmit power of the first signal by a power adjustment amount, and reducing a transmit power of the second signal by a power adjustment amount or maintaining the first The transmit power of the two signals is unchanged.
可选地,在进行功率调整之前,还包括:根据下列信息中的至少一项,确定功率调整量:参考信号映射到物理资源上的映射方式、参考信号所在子帧中数据的调制方式、参考信号所在子帧中数据的多载波方式、系统带宽和参考信号所在子帧中数据占用的带宽。Optionally, before performing power adjustment, the method further includes: determining, according to at least one of the following information, a power adjustment amount: a mapping manner in which the reference signal is mapped to the physical resource, a modulation manner of the data in the subframe where the reference signal is located, and a reference. The multicarrier mode of the data in the subframe in which the signal is located, the system bandwidth, and the bandwidth occupied by the data in the subframe in which the reference signal is located.
该方法的各种可选实现方式可参考实施例五中发送设备501的操作。For various alternative implementations of the method, reference may be made to the operation of the transmitting device 501 in the fifth embodiment.
【实施例二十六】[Embodiment 26]
图32为本申请实施例二十六提供的第二种参考信号发送方法的流程图。如图32所示,该方法包括如下步骤:FIG. 32 is a flowchart of a second method for transmitting a reference signal according to Embodiment 26 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 32, the method includes the following steps:
S3201:根据参考信号的发送设备同步到的同步源的类型和/或参考信号的发送设备的移动速度,确定参考信号为第一类参考信号或第二类参考信号;S3201: determining, according to a type of the synchronization source to which the transmitting device of the reference signal is synchronized and/or a moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal, the reference signal is a first type reference signal or a second type reference signal;
S3202:生成参考信号;S3202: generate a reference signal;
S3203:将生成的参考信号发送出去;S3203: Send the generated reference signal;
第一类参考信号在一个子帧中占用的符号数比第二类参考信号在一个子帧中占用的符号数多。The first type of reference signal occupies more symbols in one subframe than the second type of reference signal occupies in one subframe.
可选地,根据参考信号的发送设备同步到的同步源的类型和/或参考信号的发送设备的移动速度,确定参考信号为第一类参考信号或第二类参考信号,包括:Optionally, determining the reference signal as the first type of reference signal or the second type of reference signal according to the type of the synchronization source to which the transmitting device of the reference signal is synchronized and/or the moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal, including:
若参考信号的发送设备同步到的同步源的类型为同步精度低于精度阈值的同步源,或参考信号的发送设备的移动速度高于移动速度阈值,则确定参考信号为第一类参考信号;
If the type of the synchronization source to which the transmitting device of the reference signal is synchronized is a synchronization source whose synchronization precision is lower than the precision threshold, or the moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal is higher than the moving speed threshold, determining that the reference signal is the first type of reference signal;
若参考信号的发送设备同步到的同步源的类型为同步精度不低于精度阈值的同步源,且参考信号的发送设备的移动速度不高于移动速度阈值,则确定参考信号为第二类参考信号。If the type of the synchronization source to which the transmitting device of the reference signal is synchronized is a synchronization source whose synchronization precision is not lower than the precision threshold, and the moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal is not higher than the moving speed threshold, determining the reference signal as the second type reference signal.
该方法中,发送参考信号的可选过程可参考实施例一中图6所示的发送过程。该方法的各种可选实现方式可参考实施例六中发送设备501的操作。In the method, an optional process for transmitting the reference signal may refer to the sending process shown in FIG. 6 in the first embodiment. For various alternative implementations of the method, reference may be made to the operation of the transmitting device 501 in Embodiment 6.
【实施例二十七】[Embodiment 27]
图33为本申请实施例二十七提供的第二种参考信号接收方法的流程图。如图33所示,该方法包括如下步骤:FIG. 33 is a flowchart of a second method for receiving a reference signal according to Embodiment 27 of the present application. As shown in FIG. 33, the method includes the following steps:
S3301:确定参考信号的发送设备发送的参考信号的类型,参考信号的类型包括:第一类参考信号或第二类参考信号;S3301: determining a type of the reference signal sent by the sending device of the reference signal, where the type of the reference signal includes: a first type of reference signal or a second type of reference signal;
S3302:按照确定的参考信号的类型接收参考信号;S3302: Receive a reference signal according to the determined type of the reference signal;
S3303:对接收的参考信号进行信号处理;S3303: Perform signal processing on the received reference signal.
第一类参考信号在一个子帧中占用的符号数比第二类参考信号在一个子帧中占用的符号数多。The first type of reference signal occupies more symbols in one subframe than the second type of reference signal occupies in one subframe.
该方法中,接收并处理参考信号的可选过程可参考实施例一中图7所示的过程。该方法的各种可选实现方式可参考实施例六中接收设备502的操作。In the method, an optional process of receiving and processing the reference signal may refer to the process shown in FIG. 7 in the first embodiment. For various alternative implementations of the method, reference may be made to the operation of the receiving device 502 in the sixth embodiment.
综上,本申请中,一方面,为了保证频率偏差大的通信设备之间的正常通信,通信设备之间发送的参考信号满足如下条件:In summary, in the present application, on the one hand, in order to ensure normal communication between communication devices with large frequency deviations, the reference signals transmitted between the communication devices satisfy the following conditions:
在时域上,参考信号在占用的每一个子帧中占用至少五个符号,以及上述至少五个符号中存在两个符号,这两个符号的符号间间隔不大于两个符号。In the time domain, the reference signal occupies at least five symbols in each occupied subframe, and there are two symbols in the at least five symbols, and the intersymbol spacing between the two symbols is not more than two symbols.
其中,参考信号在占用的每一个子帧中占用至少五个符号,可保证参考信号的接收设备能够获取足够的参考信号资源进行频率偏差估计,并且也能够保证在通信设备高速移动、信道快变化的情况下,在单位时间能获取更多的参考信号,从而根据参考信号进行信道估计的结果更准确。The reference signal occupies at least five symbols in each occupied subframe, which can ensure that the receiving device of the reference signal can obtain sufficient reference signal resources for frequency offset estimation, and can also ensure high-speed movement and fast channel change in the communication device. In the case where more reference signals can be acquired per unit time, the result of channel estimation based on the reference signal is more accurate.
其中,上述至少五个符号中存在两个符号,这两个符号的符号间间隔不大于两个符号,是为了保证能够正确估计较大的频率偏差值。包含参考信号的两个符号之间的间隔越大,参考信号的接收设备能够准确估计的频率偏差
值越小。Wherein, there are two symbols in the at least five symbols, and the interval between the symbols of the two symbols is not more than two symbols, in order to ensure that a large frequency deviation value can be correctly estimated. The larger the interval between two symbols containing the reference signal, the frequency deviation of the reference signal receiving device that can be accurately estimated
The smaller the value.
因此,参考信号的上述设计可保证相互通信的设备之间的频率偏差值较大的情况下,接收设备通过上述设计的参考信号估计频率偏差时并做出相应的校正,从而保证设备之间的正常通信。Therefore, the above design of the reference signal can ensure that the frequency deviation value between the devices communicating with each other is large, and the receiving device estimates the frequency deviation through the reference signal of the above design and corrects accordingly, thereby ensuring the between devices. Normal communication.
另一方面,针对参考信号的PAPR通常比数据的PAPR高所导致的问题,本申请中提供了包括下列两种方案在内的解决方案:On the other hand, for the problem caused by the PAPR of the reference signal being generally higher than the PAPR of the data, a solution including the following two solutions is provided in the present application:
解决方案一、发送设备获取待发送数据的发射功率值,若获取的功率值过高,则将功率值过高的情况通知接收设备,当接收设备获知该情况后,在解调数据时进行相应的处理,以保证数据解调的性能。 Solution 1. The transmitting device obtains the transmit power value of the data to be sent. If the obtained power value is too high, the receiving device is notified that the power value is too high. When the receiving device knows the situation, the corresponding data is demodulated. Processing to ensure data demodulation performance.
解决方案二、发送设备获取待发送数据的发射功率值,若获取的功率值过高,则进行发射功率调整,以避免发射机发射功率饱和,从而保证接收设备的数据解调性能。Solution 2: The transmitting device obtains the transmit power value of the data to be sent. If the obtained power value is too high, the transmit power is adjusted to avoid the transmitter transmit power saturation, thereby ensuring the data demodulation performance of the receiving device.
本申请中,再一方面,提供了一种参考信号的发送方案,可以根据发送设备同步到的同步源类型和/或发送设备的移动速度,灵活确定参考信号的类型。In this application, in another aspect, a transmission scheme of a reference signal is provided, and the type of the reference signal can be flexibly determined according to the synchronization source type to which the transmitting device is synchronized and/or the moving speed of the transmitting device.
本领域内的技术人员应明白,本发明的实施例可提供为方法、系统、或计算机程序产品。因此,本发明可采用完全硬件实施例、完全软件实施例、或结合软件和硬件方面的实施例的形式。而且,本发明可采用在一个或多个其中包含有计算机可用程序代码的计算机可用存储介质(包括但不限于磁盘存储器、CD-ROM、光学存储器等)上实施的计算机程序产品的形式。Those skilled in the art will appreciate that embodiments of the present invention can be provided as a method, system, or computer program product. Accordingly, the present invention may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or a combination of software and hardware. Moreover, the invention can take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) including computer usable program code.
本发明是参照根据本申请的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机程序指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机程序指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器,使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装
置。The present invention has been described with reference to flowchart illustrations and/or block diagrams of the method, apparatus (system), and computer program product according to the present application. It will be understood that each flow and/or block of the flowchart illustrations and/or FIG. These computer program instructions can be provided to a processor of a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, embedded processor, or other programmable data processing device to produce a machine for the execution of instructions for execution by a processor of a computer or other programmable data processing device. Compilation of functions specified in one or more blocks of a flow or a flow and/or block diagram of a flow chart
Set.
这些计算机程序指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的计算机可读存储器中,使得存储在该计算机可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品,该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。The computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing device to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer readable memory produce an article of manufacture comprising the instruction device. The apparatus implements the functions specified in one or more blocks of a flow or a flow and/or block diagram of the flowchart.
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上,使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理,从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。These computer program instructions can also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device such that a series of operational steps are performed on a computer or other programmable device to produce computer-implemented processing for execution on a computer or other programmable device. The instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of a flow diagram.
尽管已描述了本发明的优选实施例,但本领域内的技术人员一旦得知了基本创造性概念,则可对这些实施例做出另外的变更和修改。所以,所附权利要求意欲解释为包括优选实施例以及落入本发明范围的所有变更和修改。Although the preferred embodiment of the invention has been described, it will be apparent to those skilled in the < Therefore, the appended claims are intended to be interpreted as including the preferred embodiments and the modifications and
显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的精神和范围。这样,倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本发明权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本发明也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。
It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various modifications and changes can be made in the present application without departing from the spirit and scope of the application. Thus, it is intended that the present invention cover the modifications and the modifications of the invention
Claims (79)
- 一种参考信号的发送设备,其特征在于,包括:A transmitting device for a reference signal, comprising:处理模块,用于生成参考信号,所述参考信号为第一类参考信号;a processing module, configured to generate a reference signal, where the reference signal is a first type of reference signal;发送模块,用于将所述处理模块生成的所述参考信号发送出去;a sending module, configured to send the reference signal generated by the processing module;其中,在时域上,在所述第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中,所述第一类参考信号占用至少五个符号,以及所述至少五个符号中存在两个符号,存在的所述两个符号的符号间间隔不大于两个符号。In the time domain, in each subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal, the first type of reference signal occupies at least five symbols, and two symbols in the at least five symbols are present. The inter-symbol spacing of the two symbols is no more than two symbols.
- 如权利要求1所述的发送设备,其特征在于,在所述子帧的每一个时隙中,所述第一类参考信号占用至少两个符号。The transmitting device according to claim 1, wherein said first type of reference signal occupies at least two symbols in each time slot of said subframe.
- 如权利要求1或2所述的发送设备,其特征在于,A transmitting device according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that在频域上,在所述第一类参考信号占用的每一个资源单元中,所述参考信号占用不连续的多个子载波。In the frequency domain, in each resource unit occupied by the first type of reference signal, the reference signal occupies a plurality of discontinuous subcarriers.
- 如权利要求1~3任一项所述的发送设备,其特征在于,在频域上,在所述第一类参考信号占用的每一个资源单元中,所述第一类参考信号占用至少三个子载波。The transmitting device according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein in the frequency domain, in each resource unit occupied by the first type of reference signal, the first type of reference signal occupies at least three Subcarriers.
- 如权利要求1~4任一项所述的发送设备,其特征在于,在时域上,在所述第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中,所述第一参考信号占用的符号数小于该子帧中的可用于传输数据的符号数。The transmitting device according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein in the time domain, the number of symbols occupied by the first reference signal in each subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal Less than the number of symbols in the sub-frame that can be used to transmit data.
- 如权利要求1~5任一项所述的发送设备,其特征在于,在时域上,在所述第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中的每一个时隙中,所述参考信号占用相邻的多个符号。The transmitting device according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein in the time domain, in each time slot in each subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal, the reference signal Occupies multiple adjacent symbols.
- 如权利要求6所述的发送设备,其特征在于,在所述第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中的每一个时隙中,所述第一类参考信号分别占用两组符号,每一组符号包括相邻的多个符号。The transmitting device according to claim 6, wherein in each of the time slots occupied by the first type of reference signals, the first type of reference signals respectively occupy two sets of symbols, each A set of symbols includes a plurality of adjacent symbols.
- 如权利要求1~5任一项所述的发送设备,其特征在于,The transmitting device according to any one of claims 1 to 5, characterized in that若所述第一类参考信号占用的子帧为正常CP子帧,则所述第一类参考信 号在占用的子帧中的一个时隙中占用的符号包括:If the subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal is a normal CP subframe, the first type of reference signal The symbols occupied by the number in one slot in the occupied subframe include:符号0,符号1,符号4,符号5,或者Symbol 0, symbol 1, symbol 4, symbol 5, or符号0,符号1,符号3,符号4,或者Symbol 0, symbol 1, symbol 3, symbol 4, or符号1,符号2,符号4,符号5,或者Symbol 1, symbol 2, symbol 4, symbol 5, or符号1,符号2,符号5,符号6;Symbol 1, symbol 2, symbol 5, symbol 6;若所述第一类参考信号占用的子帧为正常CP子帧,则所述第一类参考信号在占用的子帧中的一个时隙中占用的符号包括:If the subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal is a normal CP subframe, the symbols occupied by the first type of reference signal in one slot of the occupied subframe include:符号0,符号1,符号4,符号5,或者Symbol 0, symbol 1, symbol 4, symbol 5, or符号0,符号1,符号3,符号4,或者Symbol 0, symbol 1, symbol 3, symbol 4, or符号1,符号2,符号4,符号5,或者Symbol 1, symbol 2, symbol 4, symbol 5, or符号0,符号2,符号3,符号5。Symbol 0, symbol 2, symbol 3, symbol 5.
- 如权利要求1~8任一项所述的发送设备,其特征在于,所述第一类参考信号占用的子帧包括:同步子帧和/或非同步子帧;The transmitting device according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal comprises: a synchronization subframe and/or an asynchronous subframe;所述同步子帧中包括同步信号,所述非同步子帧中不包括同步信号。The synchronization subframe includes a synchronization signal, and the synchronization signal is not included in the asynchronous subframe.
- 如权利要求1~9任一项所述的发送设备,其特征在于,The transmitting device according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein所述发送设备和所述参考信号的接收设备均为终端设备;或The transmitting device and the receiving device of the reference signal are both terminal devices; or所述发送设备为终端设备,所述参考信号的接收设备为网络设备;The sending device is a terminal device, and the receiving device of the reference signal is a network device;所述发送设备为网络设备,所述参考信号的接收设备为终端设备;或The sending device is a network device, and the receiving device of the reference signal is a terminal device; or所述发送设备和所述参考信号的接收设备均为网络设备;The sending device and the receiving device of the reference signal are both network devices;
- 如权利要求10所述的发送设备,其特征在于,所述网络设备包括基站,所述终端设备包括用户设备UE或路侧单元RSU。The transmitting device according to claim 10, wherein the network device comprises a base station, and the terminal device comprises a user equipment UE or a roadside unit RSU.
- 如权利要求1~11任一项所述的发送设备,其特征在于,在所述第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中,最后一个符号为空符号GAP。The transmitting device according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein in each subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal, the last symbol is a null symbol GAP.
- 如权利要求1~12任一项所述的发送设备,其特征在于,所述第一类参考信号为同一个天线端口发送的参考信号。The transmitting device according to any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein the first type of reference signal is a reference signal transmitted by the same antenna port.
- 如权利要求1~13任一项所述的发送设备,其特征在于,所述处理模块还用于:在所述生成参考信号之前, The transmitting device according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein the processing module is further configured to: before the generating the reference signal,根据所述参考信号的发送设备同步到的同步源的类型和/或所述参考信号的发送设备的移动速度,确定所述参考信号为所述第一类参考信号。Determining, according to the type of the synchronization source to which the transmitting device of the reference signal is synchronized and/or the moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal, the reference signal is the first type of reference signal.
- 如权利要求14所述的发送设备,其特征在于,The transmitting device according to claim 14, wherein若所述参考信号的发送设备同步到的同步源的类型为同步精度低于精度阈值的同步源,或所述参考信号的发送设备的移动速度高于移动速度阈值,则确定所述参考信号为所述第一类参考信号。If the type of the synchronization source to which the transmitting device of the reference signal is synchronized is a synchronization source whose synchronization precision is lower than the precision threshold, or the moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal is higher than the moving speed threshold, determining that the reference signal is The first type of reference signal.
- 一种参考信号的接收设备,其特征在于,包括:A receiving device for a reference signal, comprising:接收模块,用于接收参考信号;a receiving module, configured to receive a reference signal;处理模块,用于对所述接收模块接收到的参考信号进行信号处理;a processing module, configured to perform signal processing on the reference signal received by the receiving module;其中,在时域上,在所述第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中,所述第一类参考信号占用至少五个符号,以及所述至少五个符号中存在两个符号,存在的所述两个符号的符号间间隔不大于两个符号。In the time domain, in each subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal, the first type of reference signal occupies at least five symbols, and two symbols in the at least five symbols are present. The inter-symbol spacing of the two symbols is no more than two symbols.
- 如权利要求16所述的接收设备,其特征在于,在所述子帧的每一个时隙中,所述第一类参考信号占用至少两个符号,The receiving device according to claim 16, wherein in each time slot of the subframe, the first type of reference signal occupies at least two symbols,
- 如权利要求16或17所述的接收设备,其特征在于,在频域上,在所述第一类参考信号占用的每一个资源单元中,所述参考信号占用不连续的多个子载波。The receiving device according to claim 16 or 17, wherein in the frequency domain, in each resource unit occupied by the first type of reference signal, the reference signal occupies a plurality of discontinuous subcarriers.
- 如权利要求16~18任一项所述的接收设备,其特征在于,在频域上,在所述第一类参考信号占用的每一个资源单元中,所述第一类参考信号占用至少三个子载波。The receiving device according to any one of claims 16 to 18, wherein in the frequency domain, in each resource unit occupied by the first type of reference signal, the first type of reference signal occupies at least three Subcarriers.
- 如权利要求16~19任一项所述的接收设备,其特征在于,在时域上,在所述第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中,所述第一参考信号占用的符号数小于该子帧中的可用于传输数据的符号数。The receiving device according to any one of claims 16 to 19, wherein in the time domain, the number of symbols occupied by the first reference signal in each subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal Less than the number of symbols in the sub-frame that can be used to transmit data.
- 如权利要求16~20任一项所述的接收设备,其特征在于,在时域上,在所述第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中的每一个时隙中,所述参考信号占用相邻的多个符号。The receiving device according to any one of claims 16 to 20, wherein in the time domain, in each time slot in each subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal, the reference signal Occupies multiple adjacent symbols.
- 如权利要求21所述的接收设备,其特征在于,在所述第一类参考信 号占用的每一个子帧中的每一个时隙中,所述第一类参考信号分别占用两组符号,每一组符号包括相邻的多个符号。A receiving device according to claim 21, wherein said first type of reference letter In each of the time slots occupied by the number, the first type of reference signals respectively occupy two sets of symbols, and each set of symbols includes adjacent multiple symbols.
- 如权利要求16~20任一项所述的接收设备,其特征在于,A receiving device according to any one of claims 16 to 20, characterized in that若所述第一类参考信号占用的子帧为正常CP子帧,则所述第一类参考信号在占用的子帧中的一个时隙中占用的符号包括:If the subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal is a normal CP subframe, the symbols occupied by the first type of reference signal in one slot of the occupied subframe include:符号0,符号1,符号4,符号5,或者Symbol 0, symbol 1, symbol 4, symbol 5, or符号0,符号1,符号3,符号4,或者Symbol 0, symbol 1, symbol 3, symbol 4, or符号1,符号2,符号4,符号5,或者Symbol 1, symbol 2, symbol 4, symbol 5, or符号1,符号2,符号5,符号6;Symbol 1, symbol 2, symbol 5, symbol 6;若所述第一类参考信号占用的子帧为正常CP子帧,则所述第一类参考信号在占用的子帧中的一个时隙中占用的符号包括:If the subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal is a normal CP subframe, the symbols occupied by the first type of reference signal in one slot of the occupied subframe include:符号0,符号1,符号4,符号5,或者Symbol 0, symbol 1, symbol 4, symbol 5, or符号0,符号1,符号3,符号4,或者Symbol 0, symbol 1, symbol 3, symbol 4, or符号1,符号2,符号4,符号5,或者Symbol 1, symbol 2, symbol 4, symbol 5, or符号0,符号2,符号3,符号5。Symbol 0, symbol 2, symbol 3, symbol 5.
- 如权利要求16~23任一项所述的接收设备,其特征在于,所述第一类参考信号占用的子帧包括:同步子帧和/或非同步子帧;The receiving device according to any one of claims 16 to 23, wherein the subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal comprises: a synchronization subframe and/or an asynchronous subframe;所述同步子帧中包括同步信号,所述非同步子帧中不包括同步信号。The synchronization subframe includes a synchronization signal, and the synchronization signal is not included in the asynchronous subframe.
- 如权利要求16~24任一项所述的接收设备,其特征在于,A receiving device according to any one of claims 16 to 24, characterized in that所述参考信号的发送设备和所述接收设备均为终端设备;或The transmitting device and the receiving device of the reference signal are both terminal devices; or所述参考信号的发送设备为终端设备,所述接收设备为网络设备;The sending device of the reference signal is a terminal device, and the receiving device is a network device;所述参考信号的发送设备为网络设备,所述接收设备为终端设备;或The transmitting device of the reference signal is a network device, and the receiving device is a terminal device; or所述参考信号的发送设备和所述接收设备均为网络设备;The transmitting device and the receiving device of the reference signal are both network devices;
- 如权利要求25所述的接收设备,其特征在于,所述网络设备包括基站,所述终端设备包括用户设备UE或路侧单元RSU。The receiving device according to claim 25, wherein the network device comprises a base station, and the terminal device comprises a user equipment UE or a roadside unit RSU.
- 如权利要求16~26任一项所述的接收设备,其特征在于,在所述第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中,最后一个符号为空符号GAP。 The receiving device according to any one of claims 16 to 26, wherein in each subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal, the last symbol is a null symbol GAP.
- 如权利要求16~27任一项所述的接收设备,其特征在于,所述第一类参考信号为同一个天线端口发送的参考信号。The receiving device according to any one of claims 16 to 27, wherein the first type of reference signal is a reference signal transmitted by the same antenna port.
- 一种功率指示信息的发送设备,其特征在于,包括:A device for transmitting power indication information, comprising:处理模块,用于获取第一信号的第一发射功率值;a processing module, configured to acquire a first transmit power value of the first signal;发送模块,用于在所述处理模块获取的所述第一发射功率值大于发射功率阈值时,向所述第一信号的接收设备发送第一功率指示信息,所述第一功率指示信息用于指示:a sending module, configured to send first power indication information to the receiving device of the first signal when the first transmit power value acquired by the processing module is greater than a transmit power threshold, where the first power indication information is used Instructions:所述第一发射功率值大于所述发射功率阈值;或The first transmit power value is greater than the transmit power threshold; or所述第一发射功率值与第二信号的第二发射功率值之间的功率偏差值;或a power deviation value between the first transmit power value and a second transmit power value of the second signal; or所述第一发射功率值与所述第二发射功率值之间存在功率偏差;或a power deviation between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value; or所述第一发射功率值;The first transmit power value;所述第一信号用于承载不包括参考信号的符号中数据,所述第二信号为所述第一信号所在子帧中包括所述参考信号的符号中的所述参考信号;或The first signal is used to carry data in a symbol that does not include a reference signal, and the second signal is the reference signal in a symbol including the reference signal in a subframe in which the first signal is located; or所述第一信号用于承载包括所述参考信号的符号中的数据,所述第二信号为该符号中的所述参考信号。The first signal is for carrying data in a symbol including the reference signal, and the second signal is the reference signal in the symbol.
- 如权利要求29所述的发送设备,其特征在于,所述发送模块还用于:在所述处理模块获取子帧中的第一信号的第一发射功率值之后,若获取的所述第一发射功率值不大于所述发射功率阈值,则向所述第一信号的接收设备发送第二功率指示信息,所述第二功率指示信息用于指示:The transmitting device according to claim 29, wherein the sending module is further configured to: after the processing module acquires a first transmit power value of the first signal in the subframe, if the first And transmitting, by the receiving device of the first signal, second power indication information, where the transmit power value is not greater than the transmit power threshold, where the second power indication information is used to indicate:所述第一发射功率值不大于所述发射功率阈值;或The first transmit power value is not greater than the transmit power threshold; or所述第一发射功率值与所述第二发射功率值之间不存在功率偏差;或There is no power deviation between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value; or所述第一发射功率值。The first transmit power value.
- 如权利要求29或30所述的发送设备,其特征在于,若所述第一功率指示信息用于指示所述功率偏差值,则所述处理模块还用于:在向所述第一信号的接收设备发送第一功率指示信息之前,根据下列信息中的至少一项,确定所述功率偏差值: The transmitting device according to claim 29 or 30, wherein, if the first power indication information is used to indicate the power deviation value, the processing module is further configured to: in the first signal Before the receiving device sends the first power indication information, determining the power deviation value according to at least one of the following information:所述参考信号映射到物理资源上的映射方式;Mapping the reference signal to a mapping manner on a physical resource;所述参考信号所在子帧中数据的调制方式;a modulation mode of data in a subframe in which the reference signal is located;所述参考信号所在子帧中数据的多载波方式;a multi-carrier mode of data in a subframe in which the reference signal is located;系统带宽;System bandwidth所述参考信号所在子帧中数据占用的带宽。The bandwidth occupied by the data in the subframe in which the reference signal is located.
- 一种功率指示信息的接收设备,其特征在于,包括:A receiving device for power indication information, comprising:接收模块,用于接收第一信号的发送设备发送的第一功率指示信息,所述第一功率指示信息用于指示:所述第一信号的第一发射功率值大于所述发射功率阈值;或所述第一发射功率值与第二信号的第二发射功率值之间的功率偏差值;或所述第一发射功率值与所述第二发射功率值之间存在功率偏差;或所述第一发射功率值;a receiving module, configured to receive first power indication information that is sent by the sending device of the first signal, where the first power indication information is used to indicate that: the first transmit power value of the first signal is greater than the transmit power threshold; or a power deviation value between the first transmit power value and a second transmit power value of the second signal; or a power offset between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value; or the a transmit power value;处理模块,用于根据所述第一功率指示信息,确定所述第一发射功率值与第二信号的第二发射功率值之间存在功率偏差;a processing module, configured to determine, according to the first power indication information, that there is a power deviation between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value of the second signal;确定所述功率偏差值,并根据确定的所述功率偏差值解调所述第一信号中的数据或所述第一信号所在子帧中的数据;Determining the power deviation value, and demodulating data in the first signal or data in a subframe in which the first signal is located according to the determined power deviation value;其中,所述第一信号用于承载不包括参考信号的符号中数据,所述第二信号为所述第一信号所在子帧中包括所述参考信号的符号中的所述参考信号;或The first signal is used to carry data in a symbol that does not include a reference signal, and the second signal is the reference signal in a symbol that includes the reference signal in a subframe in which the first signal is located; or所述第一信号用于承载包括所述参考信号的符号中的数据,所述第二信号为该符号中的所述参考信号。The first signal is for carrying data in a symbol including the reference signal, and the second signal is the reference signal in the symbol.
- 如权利要求32所述的接收设备,其特征在于,所述处理模块具体用于:若所述第一功率指示信息用于指示所述功率偏差值,则The receiving device according to claim 32, wherein the processing module is specifically configured to: if the first power indication information is used to indicate the power deviation value,根据下列信息中的至少一项,确定所述功率偏差值:所述参考信号映射到物理资源上的映射方式、所述参考信号所在子帧中数据的调制方式、所述参考信号所在子帧中数据的多载波方式、系统带宽和所述参考信号所在子帧中数据占用的带宽。Determining the power deviation value according to at least one of the following information: a mapping manner of the reference signal to a physical resource, a modulation mode of data in a subframe where the reference signal is located, and a subframe in which the reference signal is located The multi-carrier mode of the data, the system bandwidth, and the bandwidth occupied by the data in the subframe in which the reference signal is located.
- 一种发射功率调整设备,其特征在于,包括: A transmission power adjustment device, comprising:功率值获取模块,用于获取第一信号的第一发射功率值;a power value obtaining module, configured to acquire a first transmit power value of the first signal;所述第一信号用于承载不包括参考信号的符号中数据,所述第二信号为所述第一信号所在子帧中包括所述参考信号的符号中的所述参考信号;或所述第一信号用于承载包括所述参考信号的符号中的数据,所述第二信号为该符号中的所述参考信号;The first signal is used to carry data in a symbol that does not include a reference signal, and the second signal is the reference signal in a symbol including the reference signal in a subframe in which the first signal is located; or the a signal for carrying data in a symbol including the reference signal, the second signal being the reference signal in the symbol;功率调整模块,用于在所述功率值获取模块获取的所述第一发射功率值大于发射功率阈值时,进行如下功率调整:将所述第一信号的发射功率减小功率调整量,以及将所述第二信号的发射功率减小所述功率调整量或保持所述第二信号的发射功率不变。a power adjustment module, configured to: when the first transmit power value acquired by the power value acquisition module is greater than a transmit power threshold, perform power adjustment: reduce a transmit power of the first signal by a power adjustment amount, and The transmit power of the second signal decreases the power adjustment amount or keeps the transmit power of the second signal unchanged.
- 如权利要求34所述的设备,其特征在于,所述功率调整模块还用于:在进行所述功率调整之前根据下列信息中的至少一项,确定所述功率调整量:The device according to claim 34, wherein the power adjustment module is further configured to: determine the power adjustment amount according to at least one of the following information before performing the power adjustment:所述参考信号映射到物理资源上的映射方式、所述参考信号所在子帧中数据的调制方式、所述参考信号所在子帧中数据的多载波方式、系统带宽和所述参考信号所在子帧中数据占用的带宽。a mapping manner of the reference signal to the physical resource, a modulation mode of the data in the subframe where the reference signal is located, a multi-carrier mode of the data in the subframe where the reference signal is located, a system bandwidth, and a subframe where the reference signal is located The bandwidth occupied by the data.
- 一种参考信号的发送设备,其特征在于,包括:A transmitting device for a reference signal, comprising:处理模块,用于根据所述发送设备同步到的同步源的类型和/或所述参考信号的发送设备的移动速度,确定所述参考信号为所述第一类参考信号或第二类参考信号;以及生成所述参考信号;a processing module, configured to determine, according to a type of the synchronization source to which the sending device is synchronized and/or a moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal, the reference signal is the first type reference signal or the second type reference signal And generating the reference signal;发送模块,用于将所述处理模块生成的所述参考信号发送出去;a sending module, configured to send the reference signal generated by the processing module;所述第一类参考信号在一个子帧中占用的符号数比所述第二类参考信号在一个子帧中占用的符号数多。The first type of reference signal occupies more symbols in one subframe than the second type of reference signal occupies in one subframe.
- 如权利要求36所述的发送设备,其特征在于,所述处理模块具体用于:The transmitting device according to claim 36, wherein the processing module is specifically configured to:若所述参考信号的发送设备同步到的同步源的类型为同步精度低于精度阈值的同步源,或所述参考信号的发送设备的移动速度高于移动速度阈值,则确定所述参考信号为所述第一类参考信号;If the type of the synchronization source to which the transmitting device of the reference signal is synchronized is a synchronization source whose synchronization precision is lower than the precision threshold, or the moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal is higher than the moving speed threshold, determining that the reference signal is The first type of reference signal;若所述参考信号的发送设备同步到的同步源的类型为同步精度不低于所 述精度阈值的同步源,且所述参考信号的发送设备的移动速度不高于所述移动速度阈值,则确定所述参考信号为所述第二类参考信号。If the type of the synchronization source to which the transmitting device of the reference signal is synchronized is not lower than the synchronization accuracy Determining the synchronization source of the precision threshold, and the moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal is not higher than the moving speed threshold, determining that the reference signal is the second type of reference signal.
- 一种参考信号的接收设备,其特征在于,包括:A receiving device for a reference signal, comprising:处理模块,用于确定参考信号的发送设备发送的所述参考信号的类型,所述参考信号的类型包括:第一类参考信号或第二类参考信号;a processing module, configured to determine a type of the reference signal sent by a sending device of the reference signal, where the type of the reference signal includes: a first type of reference signal or a second type of reference signal;接收模块,用于按照所述处理模块确定的所述参考信号的类型接收所述参考信号;a receiving module, configured to receive the reference signal according to a type of the reference signal determined by the processing module;所述处理模块还用于:对所述接收模块接收的所述参考信号进行信号处理;The processing module is further configured to: perform signal processing on the reference signal received by the receiving module;所述第一类参考信号在一个子帧中占用的符号数比所述第二类参考信号在一个子帧中占用的符号数多。The first type of reference signal occupies more symbols in one subframe than the second type of reference signal occupies in one subframe.
- 一种参考信号的发送方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for transmitting a reference signal, comprising:生成参考信号,所述参考信号为第一类参考信号;Generating a reference signal, the reference signal being a first type of reference signal;将生成的所述参考信号发送出去;Transmitting the generated reference signal;其中,在时域上,在所述第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中,所述第一类参考信号占用至少五个符号,以及所述至少五个符号中存在两个符号,存在的所述两个符号的符号间间隔不大于两个符号。In the time domain, in each subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal, the first type of reference signal occupies at least five symbols, and two symbols in the at least five symbols are present. The inter-symbol spacing of the two symbols is no more than two symbols.
- 如权利要求39所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述子帧的每一个时隙中,所述第一类参考信号占用至少两个符号。The method of claim 39 wherein said first type of reference signal occupies at least two symbols in each time slot of said subframe.
- 如权利要求39或40所述的方法,其特征在于,A method according to claim 39 or 40, wherein在频域上,在所述第一类参考信号占用的每一个资源单元中,所述参考信号占用不连续的多个子载波。In the frequency domain, in each resource unit occupied by the first type of reference signal, the reference signal occupies a plurality of discontinuous subcarriers.
- 如权利要求39~41任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在频域上,在所述第一类参考信号占用的每一个资源单元中,所述第一类参考信号占用至少三个子载波。The method according to any one of claims 39 to 41, wherein in the frequency domain, in each resource unit occupied by the first type of reference signal, the first type of reference signal occupies at least three sub- Carrier.
- 如权利要求39~42任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在时域上,在所述第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中,所述第一参考信号占用的符号数 小于该子帧中的可用于传输数据的符号数。The method according to any one of claims 39 to 42, wherein in the time domain, the number of symbols occupied by the first reference signal in each subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal Less than the number of symbols in the sub-frame that can be used to transmit data.
- 如权利要求39~43任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在时域上,在所述第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中的每一个时隙中,所述参考信号占用相邻的多个符号。The method according to any one of claims 39 to 43, wherein in the time domain, the reference signal is occupied in each of each of the sub-frames occupied by the first type of reference signal Multiple symbols adjacent.
- 如权利要求44所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中的每一个时隙中,所述第一类参考信号分别占用两组符号,每一组符号包括相邻的多个符号。The method according to claim 44, wherein in each of the time slots occupied by the first type of reference signals, the first type of reference signals respectively occupy two sets of symbols, each A group symbol includes a plurality of adjacent symbols.
- 如权利要求39~43任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,A method according to any one of claims 39 to 43 wherein若所述第一类参考信号占用的子帧为正常CP子帧,则所述第一类参考信号在占用的子帧中的一个时隙中占用的符号包括:If the subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal is a normal CP subframe, the symbols occupied by the first type of reference signal in one slot of the occupied subframe include:符号0,符号1,符号4,符号5,或者Symbol 0, symbol 1, symbol 4, symbol 5, or符号0,符号1,符号3,符号4,或者Symbol 0, symbol 1, symbol 3, symbol 4, or符号1,符号2,符号4,符号5,或者Symbol 1, symbol 2, symbol 4, symbol 5, or符号1,符号2,符号5,符号6;Symbol 1, symbol 2, symbol 5, symbol 6;若所述第一类参考信号占用的子帧为正常CP子帧,则所述第一类参考信号在占用的子帧中的一个时隙中占用的符号包括:If the subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal is a normal CP subframe, the symbols occupied by the first type of reference signal in one slot of the occupied subframe include:符号0,符号1,符号4,符号5,或者Symbol 0, symbol 1, symbol 4, symbol 5, or符号0,符号1,符号3,符号4,或者Symbol 0, symbol 1, symbol 3, symbol 4, or符号1,符号2,符号4,符号5,或者Symbol 1, symbol 2, symbol 4, symbol 5, or符号0,符号2,符号3,符号5。Symbol 0, symbol 2, symbol 3, symbol 5.
- 如权利要求39~46任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一类参考信号占用的子帧包括:同步子帧和/或非同步子帧;The method according to any one of claims 39 to 46, wherein the subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal comprises: a synchronization subframe and/or a non-synchronization subframe;所述同步子帧中包括同步信号,所述非同步子帧中不包括同步信号。The synchronization subframe includes a synchronization signal, and the synchronization signal is not included in the asynchronous subframe.
- 如权利要求39~47任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,A method according to any one of claims 39 to 47, wherein所述参考信号的发送设备和接收设备均为终端设备;或The transmitting device and the receiving device of the reference signal are both terminal devices; or所述参考信号的发送设备为终端设备,所述参考信号的接收设备为网络设备; The sending device of the reference signal is a terminal device, and the receiving device of the reference signal is a network device;所述参考信号的发送设备为网络设备,所述参考信号的接收设备为终端设备;或The transmitting device of the reference signal is a network device, and the receiving device of the reference signal is a terminal device; or所述参考信号的发送设备和接收设备均为网络设备;The transmitting device and the receiving device of the reference signal are both network devices;
- 如权利要求48所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备包括基站,所述终端设备包括用户设备UE或路侧单元RSU。The method of claim 48, wherein the network device comprises a base station, the terminal device comprising a user equipment UE or a roadside unit RSU.
- 如权利要求39~49任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中,最后一个符号为空符号GAP。The method according to any one of claims 39 to 49, wherein in each of the subframes occupied by the first type of reference signal, the last symbol is a null symbol GAP.
- 如权利要求39~50任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一类参考信号为同一个天线端口发送的参考信号。The method according to any one of claims 39 to 50, wherein the first type of reference signal is a reference signal transmitted by the same antenna port.
- 如权利要求39~51任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述生成参考信号之前,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 39 to 51, further comprising: before the generating the reference signal,根据所述参考信号的发送设备同步到的同步源的类型和/或所述参考信号的发送设备的移动速度,确定所述参考信号为所述第一类参考信号。Determining, according to the type of the synchronization source to which the transmitting device of the reference signal is synchronized and/or the moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal, the reference signal is the first type of reference signal.
- 如权利要求52所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 52, wherein若所述参考信号的发送设备同步到的同步源的类型为同步精度低于精度阈值的同步源,或所述参考信号的发送设备的移动速度高于移动速度阈值,则确定所述参考信号为所述第一类参考信号。If the type of the synchronization source to which the transmitting device of the reference signal is synchronized is a synchronization source whose synchronization precision is lower than the precision threshold, or the moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal is higher than the moving speed threshold, determining that the reference signal is The first type of reference signal.
- 一种参考信号的接收方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for receiving a reference signal, comprising:接收参考信号,所述参考信号为第一类参考信号;Receiving a reference signal, the reference signal being a first type of reference signal;对接收到的参考信号进行信号处理;Signal processing the received reference signal;其中,在时域上,在所述第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中,所述第一类参考信号占用至少五个符号,以及所述至少五个符号中存在两个符号,存在的所述两个符号的符号间间隔不大于两个符号。In the time domain, in each subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal, the first type of reference signal occupies at least five symbols, and two symbols in the at least five symbols are present. The inter-symbol spacing of the two symbols is no more than two symbols.
- 如权利要求54所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述子帧的每一个时隙中,所述第一类参考信号占用至少两个符号,The method of claim 54 wherein said first type of reference signal occupies at least two symbols in each time slot of said subframe,
- 如权利要求54或55所述的方法,其特征在于,在频域上,在所述第一类参考信号占用的每一个资源单元中,所述参考信号占用不连续的多个 子载波。The method according to claim 54 or 55, wherein in the frequency domain, in each resource unit occupied by the first type of reference signal, the reference signal occupies a plurality of discontinuous Subcarrier.
- 如权利要求54~56任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在频域上,在所述第一类参考信号占用的每一个资源单元中,所述第一类参考信号占用至少三个子载波。The method according to any one of claims 54 to 56, wherein in the frequency domain, in each resource unit occupied by the first type of reference signal, the first type of reference signal occupies at least three sub- Carrier.
- 如权利要求54~57任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在时域上,在所述第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中,所述第一参考信号占用的符号数小于该子帧中的可用于传输数据的符号数。The method according to any one of claims 54 to 57, wherein in the time domain, in each subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal, the number of symbols occupied by the first reference signal is less than The number of symbols in the sub-frame that can be used to transfer data.
- 如权利要求54~58任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在时域上,在所述第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中的每一个时隙中,所述参考信号占用相邻的多个符号。The method according to any one of claims 54 to 58, wherein in the time domain, the reference signal is occupied in each of each of the sub-frames occupied by the first type of reference signal Multiple symbols adjacent.
- 如权利要求59所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中的每一个时隙中,所述第一类参考信号分别占用两组符号,每一组符号包括相邻的多个符号。The method according to claim 59, wherein in each of the time slots occupied by the first type of reference signals, the first type of reference signals respectively occupy two sets of symbols, each A group symbol includes a plurality of adjacent symbols.
- 如权利要求54~58任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,A method according to any one of claims 54 to 58, wherein若所述第一类参考信号占用的子帧为正常CP子帧,则所述第一类参考信号在占用的子帧中的一个时隙中占用的符号包括:If the subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal is a normal CP subframe, the symbols occupied by the first type of reference signal in one slot of the occupied subframe include:符号0,符号1,符号4,符号5,或者Symbol 0, symbol 1, symbol 4, symbol 5, or符号0,符号1,符号3,符号4,或者Symbol 0, symbol 1, symbol 3, symbol 4, or符号1,符号2,符号4,符号5,或者Symbol 1, symbol 2, symbol 4, symbol 5, or符号1,符号2,符号5,符号6;Symbol 1, symbol 2, symbol 5, symbol 6;若所述第一类参考信号占用的子帧为正常CP子帧,则所述第一类参考信号在占用的子帧中的一个时隙中占用的符号包括:If the subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal is a normal CP subframe, the symbols occupied by the first type of reference signal in one slot of the occupied subframe include:符号0,符号1,符号4,符号5,或者Symbol 0, symbol 1, symbol 4, symbol 5, or符号0,符号1,符号3,符号4,或者Symbol 0, symbol 1, symbol 3, symbol 4, or符号1,符号2,符号4,符号5,或者Symbol 1, symbol 2, symbol 4, symbol 5, or符号0,符号2,符号3,符号5。Symbol 0, symbol 2, symbol 3, symbol 5.
- 如权利要求54~61任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一类参 考信号占用的子帧包括:同步子帧和/或非同步子帧;A method according to any one of claims 54 to 61, wherein said first type of ginseng The subframe occupied by the test signal includes: a synchronization subframe and/or an asynchronous subframe;所述同步子帧中包括同步信号,所述非同步子帧中不包括同步信号。The synchronization subframe includes a synchronization signal, and the synchronization signal is not included in the asynchronous subframe.
- 如权利要求54~62任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,A method according to any one of claims 54 to 62, wherein所述参考信号的发送设备和接收设备均为终端设备;或The transmitting device and the receiving device of the reference signal are both terminal devices; or所述参考信号的发送设备为终端设备,所述参考信号的接收设备为网络设备;The sending device of the reference signal is a terminal device, and the receiving device of the reference signal is a network device;所述参考信号的发送设备为网络设备,所述参考信号的接收设备为终端设备;或The transmitting device of the reference signal is a network device, and the receiving device of the reference signal is a terminal device; or所述参考信号的发送设备和接收设备均为网络设备;The transmitting device and the receiving device of the reference signal are both network devices;
- 如权利要求63所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备包括基站,所述终端设备包括用户设备UE或路侧单元RSU。The method according to claim 63, wherein said network device comprises a base station, said terminal device comprising a user equipment UE or a roadside unit RSU.
- 如权利要求54~64任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中,最后一个符号为空符号GAP。The method according to any one of claims 54 to 64, wherein in each of the subframes occupied by the first type of reference signal, the last symbol is a null symbol GAP.
- 如权利要求54~65任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一类参考信号为同一个天线端口发送的参考信号。The method according to any one of claims 54 to 65, wherein the first type of reference signal is a reference signal transmitted by the same antenna port.
- 一种无线通信系统,其特征在于,包括:A wireless communication system, comprising:发送设备,用于生成参考信号,将生成的所述参考信号发送出去;a sending device, configured to generate a reference signal, and send the generated reference signal;接收设备,用于接收所述发送设备发送的所述参考信号,并对接收的所述参考信号进行信号处理;a receiving device, configured to receive the reference signal sent by the sending device, and perform signal processing on the received reference signal;所述参考信号为第一类参考信号;The reference signal is a first type of reference signal;其中,在时域上,在所述第一类参考信号占用的每一个子帧中,所述第一类参考信号占用至少五个符号,以及所述至少五个符号中存在两个符号,存在的所述两个符号的符号间间隔不大于两个符号。In the time domain, in each subframe occupied by the first type of reference signal, the first type of reference signal occupies at least five symbols, and two symbols in the at least five symbols are present. The inter-symbol spacing of the two symbols is no more than two symbols.
- 一种功率指示信息的发送方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for transmitting power indication information, comprising:获取第一信号的第一发射功率值;Obtaining a first transmit power value of the first signal;若获取的所述第一发射功率值大于发射功率阈值,则向所述第一信号的接收设备发送第一功率指示信息,所述第一功率指示信息用于指示: If the obtained first transmit power value is greater than the transmit power threshold, send the first power indication information to the receiving device of the first signal, where the first power indication information is used to indicate:所述第一发射功率值大于所述发射功率阈值;或The first transmit power value is greater than the transmit power threshold; or所述第一发射功率值与第二信号的第二发射功率值之间的功率偏差值;或a power deviation value between the first transmit power value and a second transmit power value of the second signal; or所述第一发射功率值与所述第二发射功率值之间存在功率偏差;或a power deviation between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value; or所述第一发射功率值;The first transmit power value;所述第一信号用于承载不包括参考信号的符号中数据,所述第二信号为所述第一信号所在子帧中包括所述参考信号的符号中的所述参考信号;或The first signal is used to carry data in a symbol that does not include a reference signal, and the second signal is the reference signal in a symbol including the reference signal in a subframe in which the first signal is located; or所述第一信号用于承载包括所述参考信号的符号中的数据,所述第二信号为该符号中的所述参考信号。The first signal is for carrying data in a symbol including the reference signal, and the second signal is the reference signal in the symbol.
- 如权利要求68所述的方法,其特征在于,在获取子帧中的第一信号的第一发射功率值之后,还包括:The method according to claim 68, further comprising: after acquiring the first transmit power value of the first signal in the subframe, further comprising:若获取的所述第一发射功率值不大于所述发射功率阈值,则向所述第一信号的接收设备发送第二功率指示信息,所述第二功率指示信息用于指示:And if the obtained first transmit power value is not greater than the transmit power threshold, send, to the receiving device of the first signal, second power indication information, where the second power indication information is used to indicate:所述第一发射功率值不大于所述发射功率阈值;或The first transmit power value is not greater than the transmit power threshold; or所述第一发射功率值与所述第二发射功率值之间不存在功率偏差;或There is no power deviation between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value; or所述第一发射功率值。The first transmit power value.
- 如权利要求68或69所述的方法,其特征在于,若所述第一功率指示信息用于指示所述功率偏差值,则在向所述第一信号的接收设备发送第一功率指示信息之前,还包括:根据下列信息中的至少一项,确定所述功率偏差值:The method according to claim 68 or 69, wherein, if the first power indication information is used to indicate the power deviation value, before transmitting the first power indication information to the receiving device of the first signal And further comprising: determining the power deviation value according to at least one of the following information:所述参考信号映射到物理资源上的映射方式;Mapping the reference signal to a mapping manner on a physical resource;所述参考信号所在子帧中数据的调制方式;a modulation mode of data in a subframe in which the reference signal is located;所述参考信号所在子帧中数据的多载波方式;a multi-carrier mode of data in a subframe in which the reference signal is located;系统带宽;System bandwidth所述参考信号所在子帧中数据占用的带宽。The bandwidth occupied by the data in the subframe in which the reference signal is located.
- 一种功率指示信息的接收方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for receiving power indication information, comprising:接收第一信号的发送设备发送的第一功率指示信息,所述第一功率指示 信息用于指示:所述第一信号的第一发射功率值大于所述发射功率阈值;或所述第一发射功率值与第二信号的第二发射功率值之间的功率偏差值;或所述第一发射功率值与所述第二发射功率值之间存在功率偏差;或所述第一发射功率值;First power indication information sent by the sending device receiving the first signal, the first power indication The information is used to indicate that a first transmit power value of the first signal is greater than the transmit power threshold; or a power offset value between the first transmit power value and a second transmit power value of the second signal; a power deviation between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value; or the first transmit power value;根据所述第一功率指示信息,确定所述第一发射功率值与第二信号的第二发射功率值之间存在功率偏差;Determining, according to the first power indication information, that there is a power deviation between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value of the second signal;确定所述功率偏差值,并根据确定的所述功率偏差值解调所述第一信号中的数据或所述第一信号所在子帧中的数据;Determining the power deviation value, and demodulating data in the first signal or data in a subframe in which the first signal is located according to the determined power deviation value;其中,所述第一信号用于承载不包括参考信号的符号中数据,所述第二信号为所述第一信号所在子帧中包括所述参考信号的符号中的所述参考信号;或The first signal is used to carry data in a symbol that does not include a reference signal, and the second signal is the reference signal in a symbol that includes the reference signal in a subframe in which the first signal is located; or所述第一信号用于承载包括所述参考信号的符号中的数据,所述第二信号为该符号中的所述参考信号。The first signal is for carrying data in a symbol including the reference signal, and the second signal is the reference signal in the symbol.
- 如权利要求71所述的方法,其特征在于,若所述第一功率指示信息用于指示所述功率偏差值,则所述确定所述功率偏差值,包括:The method of claim 71, wherein if the first power indication information is used to indicate the power deviation value, the determining the power deviation value comprises:根据下列信息中的至少一项,确定所述功率偏差值:所述参考信号映射到物理资源上的映射方式、所述参考信号所在子帧中数据的调制方式、所述参考信号所在子帧中数据的多载波方式、系统带宽和所述参考信号所在子帧中数据占用的带宽。Determining the power deviation value according to at least one of the following information: a mapping manner of the reference signal to a physical resource, a modulation mode of data in a subframe where the reference signal is located, and a subframe in which the reference signal is located The multi-carrier mode of the data, the system bandwidth, and the bandwidth occupied by the data in the subframe in which the reference signal is located.
- 一种无线通信系统,其特征在于,包括:A wireless communication system, comprising:发送设备,用于在第一信号的第一发射功率值大于发射功率阈值时,向接收设备发送第一功率指示信息,所述第一功率指示信息用于指示:所述第一发射功率值大于所述发射功率阈值;或所述第一发射功率值与第二信号的第二发射功率值之间的功率偏差值;或所述第一发射功率值与所述第二发射功率值之间存在功率偏差;或所述第一发射功率值;The sending device is configured to: when the first transmit power value of the first signal is greater than the transmit power threshold, send the first power indication information to the receiving device, where the first power indication information is used to indicate that the first transmit power value is greater than a transmit power threshold; or a power offset value between the first transmit power value and a second transmit power value of the second signal; or between the first transmit power value and the second transmit power value Power deviation; or the first transmit power value;所述接收设备,用于接收所述发送设备发送的所述第一功率指示信息,并根据所述第一功率指示信息,确定所述第一发射功率值与第二信号的第二 发射功率值之间存在功率偏差,以及确定所述功率偏差值,并根据确定的所述功率偏差值解调所述第一信号中的数据或所述第一信号所在子帧中的数据;The receiving device is configured to receive the first power indication information sent by the sending device, and determine, according to the first power indication information, the first transmit power value and the second signal Determining a power deviation between the transmit power values, and determining the power offset value, and demodulating data in the first signal or data in a subframe in which the first signal is located according to the determined power offset value;其中,所述第一信号用于承载不包括参考信号的符号中数据,所述第二信号为所述第一信号所在子帧中包括所述参考信号的符号中的所述参考信号;或The first signal is used to carry data in a symbol that does not include a reference signal, and the second signal is the reference signal in a symbol that includes the reference signal in a subframe in which the first signal is located; or所述第一信号用于承载包括所述参考信号的符号中的数据,所述第二信号为该符号中的所述参考信号。The first signal is for carrying data in a symbol including the reference signal, and the second signal is the reference signal in the symbol.
- 一种发射功率调整方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for adjusting a transmission power, comprising:获取第一信号的第一发射功率值;Obtaining a first transmit power value of the first signal;所述第一信号用于承载不包括参考信号的符号中数据,所述第二信号为所述第一信号所在子帧中包括所述参考信号的符号中的所述参考信号;或The first signal is used to carry data in a symbol that does not include a reference signal, and the second signal is the reference signal in a symbol including the reference signal in a subframe in which the first signal is located; or所述第一信号用于承载包括所述参考信号的符号中的数据,所述第二信号为该符号中的所述参考信号;The first signal is used to carry data in a symbol including the reference signal, and the second signal is the reference signal in the symbol;若获取的所述第一发射功率值大于发射功率阈值,则进行如下功率调整:将所述第一信号的发射功率减小功率调整量,以及将所述第二信号的发射功率减小所述功率调整量或保持所述第二信号的发射功率不变。If the obtained first transmit power value is greater than the transmit power threshold, performing power adjustment: reducing a transmit power of the first signal by a power adjustment amount, and reducing a transmit power of the second signal by the The power adjustment amount or the transmission power of the second signal is kept constant.
- 如权利要求74所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 74, wherein在进行所述功率调整之前,还包括:根据下列信息中的至少一项,确定所述功率调整量:所述参考信号映射到物理资源上的映射方式、所述参考信号所在子帧中数据的调制方式、所述参考信号所在子帧中数据的多载波方式、系统带宽和所述参考信号所在子帧中数据占用的带宽。Before performing the power adjustment, the method further includes: determining, according to at least one of the following information, the power adjustment amount: a mapping manner of the reference signal to a physical resource, and a data in a subframe where the reference signal is located The modulation mode, the multi-carrier mode of the data in the subframe in which the reference signal is located, the system bandwidth, and the bandwidth occupied by the data in the subframe in which the reference signal is located.
- 一种参考信号的发送方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for transmitting a reference signal, comprising:根据参考信号的发送设备同步到的同步源的类型和/或所述参考信号的发送设备的移动速度,确定所述参考信号为第一类参考信号或第二类参考信号;Determining, according to a type of the synchronization source to which the transmitting device of the reference signal is synchronized and/or a moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal, the reference signal is a first type of reference signal or a second type of reference signal;生成所述参考信号;Generating the reference signal;将生成的所述参考信号发送出去; Transmitting the generated reference signal;所述第一类参考信号在一个子帧中占用的符号数比所述第二类参考信号在一个子帧中占用的符号数多。The first type of reference signal occupies more symbols in one subframe than the second type of reference signal occupies in one subframe.
- 如权利要求76所述的方法,其特征在于,根据参考信号的发送设备同步到的同步源的类型和/或所述参考信号的发送设备的移动速度,确定所述参考信号为所述第一类参考信号或第二类参考信号,包括:The method according to claim 76, wherein the reference signal is determined to be the first according to a type of a synchronization source to which the transmitting device of the reference signal is synchronized and/or a moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal Class reference signal or second type reference signal, including:若所述参考信号的发送设备同步到的同步源的类型为同步精度低于精度阈值的同步源,或所述参考信号的发送设备的移动速度高于移动速度阈值,则确定所述参考信号为所述第一类参考信号;If the type of the synchronization source to which the transmitting device of the reference signal is synchronized is a synchronization source whose synchronization precision is lower than the precision threshold, or the moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal is higher than the moving speed threshold, determining that the reference signal is The first type of reference signal;若所述参考信号的发送设备同步到的同步源的类型为同步精度不低于所述精度阈值的同步源,且所述参考信号的发送设备的移动速度不高于所述移动速度阈值,则确定所述参考信号为所述第二类参考信号。If the type of the synchronization source to which the transmitting device of the reference signal is synchronized is a synchronization source whose synchronization accuracy is not lower than the precision threshold, and the moving speed of the transmitting device of the reference signal is not higher than the moving speed threshold, then Determining the reference signal as the second type of reference signal.
- 一种参考信号的接收方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for receiving a reference signal, comprising:确定参考信号的发送设备发送的所述参考信号的类型,所述参考信号的类型包括:第一类参考信号或第二类参考信号;Determining a type of the reference signal sent by a transmitting device of the reference signal, the type of the reference signal comprising: a first type of reference signal or a second type of reference signal;按照确定的所述参考信号的类型接收所述参考信号;Receiving the reference signal according to the determined type of the reference signal;对接收的所述参考信号进行信号处理;Performing signal processing on the received reference signal;所述第一类参考信号在一个子帧中占用的符号数比所述第二类参考信号在一个子帧中占用的符号数多。The first type of reference signal occupies more symbols in one subframe than the second type of reference signal occupies in one subframe.
- 一种无线通信系统,其特征在于,包括:A wireless communication system, comprising:发送设备,用于根据所述发送设备同步到的同步源的类型和/或所述发送设备的移动速度,确定待发送的参考信号为第一类参考信号或第二类参考信号,生成所述参考信号,并将生成的所述参考信号发送出去;a sending device, configured to determine, according to a type of the synchronization source to which the sending device is synchronized, and/or a moving speed of the sending device, a reference signal to be sent as a first type reference signal or a second type reference signal, to generate the Reference a signal and transmitting the generated reference signal;接收设备,用于确定所述参考信号的类型,并按照确定的所述参考信号的类型接收所述参考信号,以及对接收的所述参考信号进行信号处理;a receiving device, configured to determine a type of the reference signal, and receive the reference signal according to the determined type of the reference signal, and perform signal processing on the received reference signal;所述第一类参考信号在一个子帧中占用的符号数比所述第二类参考信号在一个子帧中占用的符号数多。 The first type of reference signal occupies more symbols in one subframe than the second type of reference signal occupies in one subframe.
Priority Applications (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CN202010518068.4A CN111884963B (en) | 2015-11-05 | 2015-11-05 | A reference signal transmission device, method and system |
CN201580084122.6A CN108141425B (en) | 2015-11-05 | 2015-11-05 | A reference signal transmission device, method and system |
PCT/CN2015/093924 WO2017075789A1 (en) | 2015-11-05 | 2015-11-05 | Device, method, and system for transmitting reference signal |
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2015/093924 WO2017075789A1 (en) | 2015-11-05 | 2015-11-05 | Device, method, and system for transmitting reference signal |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2017075789A1 true WO2017075789A1 (en) | 2017-05-11 |
Family
ID=58661490
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2015/093924 WO2017075789A1 (en) | 2015-11-05 | 2015-11-05 | Device, method, and system for transmitting reference signal |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
CN (2) | CN108141425B (en) |
WO (1) | WO2017075789A1 (en) |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2022141410A1 (en) * | 2020-12-31 | 2022-07-07 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Method and device for power indication information transmission |
Families Citing this family (7)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN110740108B (en) * | 2018-07-18 | 2021-09-21 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Information transmission method and device |
EP3648387B1 (en) * | 2018-10-31 | 2022-01-19 | Mitsubishi Electric R&D Centre Europe B.V. | Selection of rs patterns for d2d communications |
WO2020143756A1 (en) * | 2019-01-10 | 2020-07-16 | Mediatek Singapore Pte. Ltd. | Sidelink synchronization signal block (s-ssb) design |
WO2022141525A1 (en) * | 2020-12-31 | 2022-07-07 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | Method and apparatus for configuring demodulation reference signal (dmrs), and device and storage medium thereof |
CN112929315B (en) * | 2021-01-20 | 2022-03-04 | 西安电子科技大学 | Mine wireless communication method based on multi-antenna single-carrier modulation |
CN117098179A (en) * | 2022-05-09 | 2023-11-21 | 华为技术有限公司 | Communication method and related device |
CN118827288A (en) * | 2023-04-07 | 2024-10-22 | 展讯通信(上海)有限公司 | Symbol transmission method and communication device |
Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN101483466A (en) * | 2009-02-06 | 2009-07-15 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Mapping method for customer special reference signal |
CN102006603A (en) * | 2009-08-28 | 2011-04-06 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Transmission power obtaining method and channel quality/interference intensity measuring method and system |
WO2011046349A2 (en) * | 2009-10-12 | 2011-04-21 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method and apparatus for providing downlink reference signal transmission power information in a wireless communication system that supports multiple antennas |
CN103096479A (en) * | 2011-11-03 | 2013-05-08 | 中国移动通信集团公司 | Sending method and equipment of up link demodulation reference signals |
CN103391179A (en) * | 2012-05-10 | 2013-11-13 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Method and device for sending new carrier wave reference signals |
Family Cites Families (14)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP4769698B2 (en) * | 2006-11-30 | 2011-09-07 | 富士通株式会社 | Interference power estimation apparatus and interference power estimation method |
JP4324886B2 (en) * | 2007-04-27 | 2009-09-02 | ソニー株式会社 | Frame synchronization apparatus and method, and demodulation apparatus |
CN101355412B (en) * | 2008-08-19 | 2013-07-03 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Method for transmitting signal |
CN101989904B (en) * | 2009-07-30 | 2013-04-03 | 电信科学技术研究院 | Resource mapping method and device |
CN103095631A (en) * | 2011-11-03 | 2013-05-08 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Transmission method, allocation method and device of downlink reference signal |
CN102413557B (en) * | 2011-11-25 | 2015-06-17 | 中国电信股份有限公司 | Uplink reference signal transmission method, terminal and multi-antenna communication system |
CN103220119B (en) * | 2012-01-19 | 2017-11-28 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | A kind of synchronous method and device of detected carrier |
US9078109B2 (en) * | 2012-04-09 | 2015-07-07 | Intel Corporation | Frame structure design for new carrier type (NCT) |
CN103428749B (en) * | 2012-05-18 | 2016-06-15 | 华为技术有限公司 | A kind of descending multi-point signal mass measuring method and device |
US9179352B2 (en) * | 2012-06-13 | 2015-11-03 | All Purpose Networks LLC | Efficient delivery of real-time synchronous services over a wireless network |
CN103067312A (en) * | 2012-07-23 | 2013-04-24 | 东南大学 | Long-term evolution system self-adaptation frequency deviation precorrection method under environment of high-speed rail |
CN104125040A (en) * | 2013-04-28 | 2014-10-29 | 华为技术有限公司 | Transmission method for uplink control information and user equipment |
WO2015030548A1 (en) * | 2013-09-01 | 2015-03-05 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method for transmitting sync signals for device-to-device (d2d) communication in wireless communication system and apparatus therefor |
CN104968052B (en) * | 2015-05-15 | 2017-05-17 | 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 | Configuring method, configuring system, apparatus, receiving method, receiving system, and terminal |
-
2015
- 2015-11-05 CN CN201580084122.6A patent/CN108141425B/en active Active
- 2015-11-05 WO PCT/CN2015/093924 patent/WO2017075789A1/en active Application Filing
- 2015-11-05 CN CN202010518068.4A patent/CN111884963B/en active Active
Patent Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN101483466A (en) * | 2009-02-06 | 2009-07-15 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Mapping method for customer special reference signal |
CN102006603A (en) * | 2009-08-28 | 2011-04-06 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Transmission power obtaining method and channel quality/interference intensity measuring method and system |
WO2011046349A2 (en) * | 2009-10-12 | 2011-04-21 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method and apparatus for providing downlink reference signal transmission power information in a wireless communication system that supports multiple antennas |
CN103096479A (en) * | 2011-11-03 | 2013-05-08 | 中国移动通信集团公司 | Sending method and equipment of up link demodulation reference signals |
CN103391179A (en) * | 2012-05-10 | 2013-11-13 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Method and device for sending new carrier wave reference signals |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2022141410A1 (en) * | 2020-12-31 | 2022-07-07 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Method and device for power indication information transmission |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CN111884963A (en) | 2020-11-03 |
CN111884963B (en) | 2021-10-15 |
CN108141425B (en) | 2020-06-26 |
CN108141425A (en) | 2018-06-08 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
WO2017075789A1 (en) | Device, method, and system for transmitting reference signal | |
EP3410772B1 (en) | Base station, terminal, and communication method | |
CN110771238B (en) | System and method for configuring overlapping PUCCH resources for transmitting scheduling requests for user equipment | |
CN108667579B (en) | A data transmission method, related equipment and system | |
US10756869B2 (en) | Demodulation in wireless communications | |
CN110024343B (en) | Method for transmitting and receiving reference signal in multi-carrier system and apparatus therefor | |
EP2253112B1 (en) | Sub-carrier alignment mechanism for ofdm multi-carrier systems | |
US11329761B2 (en) | Base station apparatus, terminal apparatus, and communication method | |
CA2710535C (en) | Sounding reference signal arrangement | |
CN108234098B (en) | Method and system for signal transmission and reception and related transmission method | |
CN109565391B (en) | Method and apparatus for dynamically allocating uplink resources in wireless communications | |
CN109417725B (en) | Base station device, terminal device, and communication method | |
WO2017073083A1 (en) | Systems and methods for multi-physical structure system | |
US20180054786A1 (en) | Terminal apparatus and communication method | |
WO2017076351A1 (en) | Data transmission method | |
WO2021106837A1 (en) | Terminal device, base station device, and communication method | |
US10390349B2 (en) | 256 QAM-based resource allocation method and base station thereof | |
JP2018516510A (en) | Feed-forward phase tracking | |
WO2011005529A2 (en) | Method and apparatus that facilitates estimating doppler spread for uplink transmissions | |
WO2013063272A1 (en) | Downlink time difference determination in frame asynchronous systems | |
JP6791752B2 (en) | Terminal equipment, base station equipment, and integrated circuits | |
US9609651B1 (en) | Exchanging uplink and downlink carrier frequencies | |
JP5674932B2 (en) | Ranging channel structure and method | |
WO2017073084A1 (en) | Systems and methods for multi-physical structure system | |
EP3001624A1 (en) | Choice of fourier transformation size, filter length and guard time in universal filtered multicarrier |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 15907631 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 15907631 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |